| Advanced Search | |||
Subject: Type/Term: |
Grade Range: Min grade:
Max grade:
|
Time Day |
|
| Term | Start Date | Start Time | End Time | Day | Class Title | Grade Range | Open Spots | Price | Availability | Description | |||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Semester | Jan 18 | 10:00 am | 10:55 am | Mon | 3D Design & Printing for Teens (Spring) | 9th-12th | JR Bontrager | 12 |
$508.00 $457.20 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Students will learn to think like inventors and designers when creating 3D! 3D design is used not only for modeling and fabricating objects but is also at the heart of many cutting-edge technologies such as AR and VR, video game design, interactive exhibits, and more. 3D printing is used in nearly all industries and design fields today from art to animation, manufacturing to medicine, and engineering to entertainment. Students will practice the artistic design process with simple sketches before diving into the software. They will be encouraged to use reference material, whether photos, a model, or even by modifying existing, public domain 3D files. Students will use an iterative printing process in which they print their project, check it for design intent, functionality, or fit, make modifications, and print again. The class will learn how to save and convert between 3D solid object files (.stl) and object files (.obj) and work with metadata fields to protect the intellectual property of their designs. To demonstrate the range and capability of 3D-printed designs, favorite student projects include D & D miniatures, cosplay props, Minecraft-designed creations, and beloved characters such as anime, baby Yoda, and Pokemon creatures. Second semester, continuing students will progress to more complex assemblies including multiple parts and parts with hinges. Second semester, some students may wish to work with alternative filaments such as TPU (rubber), metal, or magnetized filament. Because of the studio format, new students can enroll second semester. The class instructor is a design engineer with 3D Herndon and expert in 3D technologies and other areas of design and invention. A typical class will be structured with 5-10 minutes of lecture or demonstration of a new design skill, followed by 40 minutes of design "studio" time where students can receive trouble-shooting support and design tips from the instructor and have dedicated work time, and 5-10 minutes of sharing time at the end of class. As a studio class, students will work on individual projects at their own pace. Prerequisites: None What to Bring: Students will need to bring a laptop to class for design work. Workload: Students should expect to spend 0-1+ hours per week outside of class. Assignments: Project criteria will be explained in class to students. Assessments: Informal, qualitative feedback will be given in class throughout the semester as the student works. Lab/Supply Fee: A class fee of $25.00 is due payable to Compass on the first day of class for 3D printing and filament. This provides the student with 800 g of printed product per semester. Students who are prolific designers and print often will be asked to pay an additional $5.00 per 100 g or fraction thereof. Credit: Homeschool families may wish to count this course as a component (partial) credit in Visual Arts, Technology, or Career Exploration for purposes of a high school transcript.
|
1 | |
| Semester | Jan 18 | 11:00 am | 11:55 am | Mon | 3D Design & Printing for Tweens (Spring) | 5th-8th | JR Bontrager | 12 |
$508.00 $457.20 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Students will learn to think like inventors and designers when creating 3D! 3D design is used not only for modeling and fabricating objects but is also at the heart of many cutting-edge technologies such as AR and VR, video game design, interactive exhibits, and more. 3D printing is used in nearly all industries and design fields today from art to animation, manufacturing to medicine, and engineering to entertainment. Students will practice the artistic design process with simple sketches before diving into the software. They will be encouraged to use reference material, whether photos, a model, or even by modifying existing, public domain 3D files. Students will use an iterative printing process in which they print their project, check it for design intent, functionality, or fit, make modifications, and print again. The class will learn how to save and convert between 3D solid object files (.stl) and object files (.obj) and work with metadata fields to protect the intellectual property of their designs. To demonstrate the range and capability of 3D-printed designs, favorite student projects include D & D miniatures, cosplay props, Minecraft-designed creations, and beloved characters such as anime, baby Yoda, and Pokemon creatures. Second semester, continuing students will progress to more complex assemblies including multiple parts and parts with hinges. Second semester, some students may wish to work with alternative filaments such as TPU (rubber), metal, or magnetized filament. Because of the studio format, new students can enroll second semester. The class instructor is a design engineer with 3D Herndon and expert in 3D technologies and other areas of design and invention. A typical class will be structured with 5-10 minutes of lecture or demonstration of a new design skill, followed by 40 minutes of design "studio" time where students can receive trouble-shooting support and design tips from the instructor and have dedicated work time, and 5-10 minutes of sharing time at the end of class. As a studio class, students will work on individual projects at their own pace. Topics in this Series: As an open studio for individual projects, students may continue from one semester to the next or enroll mid-year. Students continuing from first semester receive priority pre-registration for second semester. Lab/Supply Fee: A class fee of $25.00 is due payable to Compass on the first day of class for 3D printing and filament. This provides the student with 800 g of printed product per semester. Students who are prolific designers and print often will be asked to pay an additional $5.00 per 100 g or fraction thereof.
|
1 | |
| Semester | Jan 18 | 11:00 am | 12:55 pm | Mon | 3D History: Final Push & Pacific Fall, Late Pacific WWII | 9th-12th | Taliesin Knol | 10 |
$521.00 $468.90 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Why read about key military battles on maps or in books when you can learn about them hands-on, in three dimensions, using historical miniature gaming? In 3D History, pivotal engagements come to life for new and experienced students, as they navigate a table-top terrain, deploy hundreds of miniature soldiers, ships, and tanks... all while playing a military strategy game. Each student will have the opportunity to fight a battle from both sides, allowing them to test various strategies, try multiple scenarios, predict different outcomes, and rewrite history- an effective way to gain a deeper understanding of what actually happened and why! In 1942, American General Douglas MacArthur was forced to leave the Philippines in the face of the seemingly unstoppable Imperial Japanese juggernaut in the South Pacific. Just two years later, he made good on his promise to return. However, this time he had the most powerful armada the world has ever seen at his back, the culmination of years of work of The Arsenal of Democracy. More than 600 cutting-edge ships, dwarfing almost every other navy combined, carried a million soldiers and marines from the Allied Forces. Faced with overwhelming material and manpower superiority, the Japanese leveraged what remained of their skill and determination to fight to the last ship, the last bullet, the last blade, and the last man, to stop the Americans and end the war as quickly as possible. Students will fight the last battles of the Pacific theater on land, sea, and air using a wide range of miniature soldiers, aircraft, vehicles, and ships. From massive naval action around the Philippines and Okinawa to the shores of Iwo Jima, students will simulate a variety of jungle and island-hopping combat engagements using a modified version of the Axis and Allies war at sea system. Students will study the technical and strategic elements that led to the outcomes of the battle and attempt to recreate the Japanese or Allied successes (or failures). At the end of each semester, every student will understand the conditions that led to war, the objectives for both sides, and how successful or realistic these objectives were, both from a modern academic point of view and from the historical point of view given each country's available information. This will be accomplished with primary sources, newsreels from the time, propaganda material, and modern analysis. The instructor will provide online access to all of this material via Google Drive and a class YouTube Playlist. Note: This is a 1 hour, 55 minute class with a 10-minute break part way through. Topics in this Series: Rising Sun & Sudden Strikes- Early Pacific (Semester 1) and Final Push & Pacific Fall- Late Pacific (Semester 2). Workload: Students should expect to spend 0-1 hours per week outside of class. Assignments: Period maps, photographs, and re-creations will be posted on a class Google Drive, and video links from YouTube will be e-mailed to parents and students for homework or supplemental investigation. Assessments: Will not be given. Credit: Homeschool families may wish to count this course as a component (partial) credit in History for purposes of a high school transcript.
|
1 | |
| Semester | Jan 19 | 9:00 am | 9:55 am | Tue, Thu | 5th Grade Math Mammoth- Complete Curriculum (Sem 2) | 4th-6th | Becca Sticha | 10 |
$769.00 $692.10 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
This is the 2nd semester continuation of 5th Grade Math Mammoth: 5th grade math is a full-year, complete math curriculum for students who have covered the 4th grade equivalent math skills (see prerequisites). This course uses the Grade 5 Math Mammoth curriculum which homeschool guru Cathy Duffy (cathyduffyreviews.com) calls "an amazingly well-developed program." She praises the program saying, "Math Mammoth has created a very high-quality product... the content is also top-notch. Some people have compared Math Mammoth with Singapore Math since both programs teach for mastery and understanding." Read more about Math Mammoth here: https://www.mathmammoth.com/complete-curriculum This class meets twice a week and is designed to be a complete program in which students receive instruction in person at Compass and complete homework on off-days at home. Parents do not have to select a curriculum or deliver the instruction, but rather are expected to ensure that assignments are being completed on time and assisting the student in checking attempted homework. Topics covered in Grade 5 Math Mammoth include: Chapter 1: The Four Operations 5th Grade Math is being offered at Compass as a full year class with 60 in-person class meetings. (28 sessions in first semster and 32 sessions in second semester- separate registration.) Attendance is very important. In the event of a missed class due to illness or travel, students may cover the missed lesson through online recorded lectures by the author available on YouTube. Prerequisites: Grade 4 Math or equivalent, with experience/familiarity in following: -Addition and subtraction Placement:To gauge if a child is ready for Grade 5 math, parents should administer the Math Mammoth end-of-4th-grade placement test. A score of 80% is recommended to place into Grade 5. Enrollment: This course is priced as a small group class with a minimum of 5 students. If 3-4 students enroll, families will be asked to pay an additional fee for the class to run with low enrollment. If 1-2 students enroll, Compass will present options for private or semi-private instruction. Assignments: Assignments will be made in class as a range of pages to complete on the topics that were taught in class. The instructor will follow up with an email repeating the assigned pages. Assessments: Each class, the instructor will check that students have completed the assigned homework. Homework will be recorded as attempted or not attempted. Parents will be provided with an answer key for homework. Students will have take-home unit tests that will be graded by the instructor. Parents may track unit test scores in order to assign their own grades and complete homeschool record-keeping. Lab/Supply Fee: A class fee of $26.00 is due payable to Compass on the first day of class for Grade 5A, color edition worktext books. What to Bring: Students should bring a spiral notebook, pencil, and their worktext to class each week. Prerequisites: 80% min score on placement test. See description |
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 22 | 2:00 pm | 3:25 pm | Fri | Acrylic Painting: Open Studio (Q3) | 9th-12th | Pete Van Riper | 10 |
$253.00 $227.70 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Students will be introduced to painting with acrylics in a relaxed, informal studio setting under the guidance of a professional art instructor. Students will work on canvas boards and will learn elements of art, principles of design, and color theory in addition to methods in painting. Each week, the instructor will demonstrate a different technique in acrylic painting rather than a different subject. Techniques will include mixing and blending paints, wet and dry brush techniques, sponge techniques, glazing, washing, gradient relief, sgraffito, impasto, smudging, dot techniques, stippling, pouring, splattering, dabbing, underpainting, and detailing. The emphasis will be on methods and effects so that each student has a "toolbox" of techniques for working in acrylics. Students will have the freedom to mix and match the techniques that they have learned to create original pieces. In the open studio concepts, each student will have a different goal and unique project in-progress such as still life, floral, landscape, portrait, fantasy, abstract, or pop art. Student will complete two or three boards each quarter, depending on the level of detailing. This class is suitable for beginners who have never painted before, and for experienced art students who have worked in other mediums and are interested in exploring acrylic painting. Compass parents are welcome to register for this class to work alongside their teens, or to work on their own, while their teen is in another Compass class. Painting can provide a relaxing, needed break from rigorous academic classes and over-scheduled lives in a fun, supportive environment. Prerequisites: None Workload: Work outside of class is optional, however students who want to continue to practice their painting techniques might want to purchase a tabletop easel (approx. $10.00) and set of basic acrylic paints ($30.00+) for home use. Assessments: Individual feedback is given in class. Formal assessments will not be given. Lab/Supply Fee: A supply fee of $25.00 is due payable to the instructor on the first day of class for up to 6 canvas boards and shared class supplies (paints, brushes, paper products, etc.). Students who paint more quickly need more than 6 boards can purchase additional ones from the instructor for $4.00/each. What to Wear: Students may wish to wear an apron, smock, or paint shirt when working with acrylic paints. Credit: Homeschool families may wish to count this course as a component (partial) credit in Fine Arts for purposes of a high school transcript.
|
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 19 | 11:00 am | 11:55 am | Tue | Acting- Detective Drama: Pocketing the Prized Jewels | 4th-6th | Judith Harmon | 10 |
$163.00 $146.70 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Calling crooked criminals who commit creepy crimes! Convening colorful characters who corroborate clues and constables who collaborate to crack the case! Connect with a kooky cast in Detective Drama. Using materials from a commercial mystery role playing game (RPG), students will be guided through the facts of a fictitious case. Student sleuths will be follow clue cards, eclectic evidence, and phony forensics to uncover a crime. Emphasis will be on critical thinking, problem solving skills, and improvisation through the portrayal of unique characters involved in the crime. Students will be encouraged to develop a strong, compelling character, an original costume, a backstory, and of course, an alibi. Third quarter, students shall delve into the century-old conundrum circling the theft of the crown jewels of Ireland. Crafty criminals clandestinely cribbed the treasure from beneath the watchful eyes of a gaggle of guards. Daring detectives must crack the codes, sidestep the snares, and solve the saga. In this workshop, students will experiment with acting and improvisation and working as a team. This class is best suited for students who are active listeners, are flexible and easily adapt, have a sense of humor, and enjoy working in a collaborative group. Students need to be able to stay in sync with the flow of the class. This is not an "anything goes" or free-for-all class. Because of the age of the students in this class, only capers such as burglaries or kidnappings will be portrayed instead of murders. Topics in this Series: Missing from the Museum (Quarter 1), The Computer Caper (Quarter 2), Pocketing the Prized Jewels (Quarter 3), and Brazen Bank Robbery (Quarter 4). There is a class supply fee of $20.00 due payable to the instructor on the first day for the class RPG materials, printing, props, and investigation folders.
|
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 19 | 1:00 pm | 1:55 pm | Tue | Acting- Kids' Theater: Fractured Fairy Tales | 3rd-5th | Judith Harmon | 10 |
$163.00 $146.70 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Kids take to the stage as they collaboratively write and perform their very own play with unique characters and an original storyline. What happens when favorite fairy tales are flipped and fumbled? In the newly fabricated tale, does the fearless frog save the fair princess, or do Red Riding Hood and the wretched wolf reunite? Students will begin with improvisational games to get to know each other and start to brainstorm about their original play. Through group activities and guided discussion, the student actors will decide on characters, conflict, and conclusion, and the story they want to tell. The script will be developed and customized for this class with input from the students. The class will learn the practical aspects of acting, as they work on script read-through, blocking, costume/prop design, and planning the show. Student actors will explore skills such as stage movement, character development, emotional expression, and observation/concentration while learning to portray their original character. Students will develop their own "actor's toolkit" of voice, body, and imagination in this creative process! Actors will grow in confidence and communication skills in preparation for a final sharing with parents on the last day of the quarter. Once the script is fully developed with everyone's parts, it will be emailed to parents. Parents will be expected to help their children memorize their script/lines/cues and assemble a simple make-at-home costume, ideally from clothing items and accessories you already own and a little creativity. Note: Students who are emerging readers (not able to read at a 3rd/4th grade level) would be better suited to the Young Actor's Playhouse class, rather than this level. Topics in this series: Camping Catastrophe (Quarter 1), Mystery After Midnight (Quarter 2), Fractured Fairy Tales (Quarter 3), and Upside-Down Universe (Quarter 4).
|
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 21 | 11:00 am | 11:55 am | Thu | Acting- Kids' Theater: Spy Spoof | 3rd-5th | Judith Harmon | 10 |
$163.00 $146.70 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Kids take to the stage as they collaboratively write and perform their very own play with unique characters and an original storyline. What happens when sly sleuths and devious detectives team up to thwart threatening thieves? Students will begin with improvisational games to get to know each other and start to brainstorm about their original play. Through group activities and guided discussion, the student actors will decide on characters, conflict, and conclusion, and the story they want to tell. The script will be developed and customized for this class with input from the students. The class will learn the practical aspects of acting, as they work on script read-through, blocking, costume/prop design, and planning the show. Student actors will explore skills such as stage movement, character development, emotional expression, and observation/concentration while learning to portray their original character. Students will develop their own "actor's toolkit" of voice, body, and imagination in this creative process! Actors will grow in confidence and communication skills in preparation for a final sharing with parents on the last day of the quarter. Once the script is fully developed with everyone's parts, it will be emailed to parents. Parents will be expected to help their children memorize their script/lines/cues and assemble a simple make-at-home costume, ideally from clothing items and accessories you already own and a little creativity. Note: Students who are emerging readers (not able to read at a 3rd/4th grade level) would be better suited to the Young Actor's Playhouse class, rather than this level. Topics in this series: Medieval Mayhem (Quarter 1), Wacky Wednesday (Quarter 2), Spy Spoof (Quarter 3), Kooky Cooking Contest (Quarter 4).
|
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 20 | 10:00 am | 10:55 am | Wed | Acting- Morning Mystery: Grisly Golden Gala | 6th-8th | Judith Harmon | 10 |
$152.00 $136.80 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Who doesn't love a good "Whodunnit" mystery? In this workshop, tween actors will work together to bring a cast of characters to life through creative adaptations and interpretive improvisation. Using materials from a commercial murder mystery role playing game (RPG), students will assume the personas of outrageous and offbeat characters. As the drama unfolds in rounds guided by clue cards, eclectic evidence, and fictitious forensics, a victim, a motive, and eventually the guilty party will be revealed. Step into a world of wealth, wit, and whispered wickedness at the Wyndham Foundation's dazzling centennial celebration. The chandeliers shimmer, the socialites sparkle, and the stakes soar sky-high in 1880s Newport. But beneath the brilliance brews betrayal. Before the final toast is tasted, a rising star of society is struck down. Polite smiles mask petty rivalries, and proper manners hide perilous motives. In this glittering game of greed and gossip, who will be exposed as the culprit cloaked in couture? Student actors will be guided through the development of a strong, compelling character, complete with unique ways of speaking, gesturing, and moving, an original costume, a backstory, and of course, an alibi. In this workshop, students benefit from experimenting with acting and improvisation and working as a team. This class is best suited for students who are active listeners, are flexible and easily adapt, have a sense of humor, and enjoy working in a collaborative group. Students need to be able to stay in sync with the flow of the class. This is not an "anything goes" or free-for-all class. Supply Fee: A class fee of $25.00 is due payable to the instructor on the first day of class for a script and costs related to props and performance license fee. Topics in this series: Faireground Foul Play (Quarter 1), Murder in the Museum (Quarter 2), Grisly Golden Gala (Quarter 3), and Highlands Homicide (Quarter 4).
|
1 | |
| Semester | Jan 22 | 1:00 pm | 1:55 pm | Fri | Acting- Teen Scene: It's Not What it Seems | 9th-12th | Judith Harmon | 10 |
$303.00 $272.70 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
It's not always what it seems! Sometimes, a thrilling performance seems to lead the audience in one direction only to make a theatrical turn-around to reveal a different tale. Teens will enjoy the creativity and camaraderie of selecting, casting, rehearsing, and performing a short play that presents a comical about-face. The class will begin by reading through two possible scripts to select one that bests suits their group and grabs their interest. Students, along with their acting coach, will cast, rehearse, and coordinate a class performance. Teens will enjoy taking on unusual personas and bringing their characters to life while interacting with classmates. They will be encouraged to design and assemble simple costumes, props, and backdrops from items at home. They will be expected to learn their lines and fully participate in planning their performance. The group will perform the 45-60 minute piece for family and friends at the end of the semester. Classes in acting and theater education build a teen's confidence along with improving their social and communication skills. This class is best suited for students who are active listeners, are flexible and easily adapt, have a sense of humor, and can work collaboratively in a group. Students need to be able to stay in sync with the flow of the class. Topics in this Series: One Act Spin-Offs and Spoofs (Semester 1) and It's Not What it Seems (Semester 2) Workload: Students should expect to spend 1-2 hours per week outside of class. Assignments: If any, will be posted in a Google Classroom. Assessments: Informal, qualitative feedback will be given in class throughout the semester. A quantitative score/grade will not be provided. Supply Fee: A class fee of $40.00 is due payable to the instructor on the first day of class for a copy of the licensed script, performance royalty, and project materials. Credit: Homeschool families may wish to count this course as a component (partial) credit in Fine Arts for purposes of a high school transcript.
|
1 | |
| Semester | Jan 21 | 10:00 am | 10:55 am | Thu | Acting- Tween Stage: Good Cop, Bad Cop | 6th-8th | Judith Harmon | 10 |
$303.00 $272.70 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Two rookie detectives are grilling a motley crew of suspects and witnesses in a small-town crime. These suspicious characters are combative, ridiculous, and downright incompetent, but none of them seems guilty. One is the high school mascot, while another appears to be a character right out of a popular video game. With the clock ticking and their jobs on the line, can this good cop and bad cop duo collar a suspect before it's too late? Tweens will appreciate the quirky, off-beat humor of this scripted comedy. They will enjoy the creativity and camaraderie of working together to bring this humorous piece to stage. Students, along with their acting instructor, will cast, rehearse, and coordinate a class performance of this comedy. Students will be encouraged to design and assemble simple costumes, props, and backdrops from items at home. Student actors will be expected to learn their lines and participate fully. This class is best suited for students who are active listeners, are flexible and easily adapt, have a sense of humor, and can work in a collaborative group. Students need to be able to stay in sync with the flow of the class. This is not an "anything goes" or free-for-all class. The students will perform for family and friends at the end of the semester. Topics in this Series: 10 ways to Survive the Zombie Apocalpse (Semester 1) and Good Cop, Bad Cop (Semester 2). Supply Fee: A class fee of $40.00 is due payable to the instructor on the first day of class for a copy of the licensed script, performance royalty, and project materials.
|
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 19 | 12:00 pm | 12:55 pm | Tue | Acting- Young Actor's Playhouse: Suddenly Small | 1st-2nd | Judith Harmon | 10 |
$163.00 $146.70 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Acting is an adventure! Young actors work together to create and perform their very own play with unique characters and an original storyline. What happens when everything is shrunk so trees are as tall as towers and bugs are the size of buildings? Students will begin with improvisational games to get to know each other and to begin to brainstorm about their original play. Through group activities and guided discussion, the young actors will decide on characters, conflict, and conclusion, and the story they want to tell. The script will be developed and customized for this class with input from the students. Young actors will explore skills such as sensory awareness, listening, stage movement, character development, emotional expression, and observation/concentration while learning to portray their original character. Young actors will learn aspects of acting by script read-through, blocking, costume/prop discussion, and planning the show. Through individual and group activities, young actors build confidence in preparation for a final sharing for parents. Students will work from a simple, written script, but emerging readers can be accommodated. Parents will be emailed the script after the 3rd or 4th class and will be expected to help their children memorize their lines and assemble a simple make-at-home costume, ideally from clothing items and accessories you already own and a little creativity. All actors must be at least age 6 to sign up for this class. Topics in this series: Pirate's Paradise (Quarter 1), Outback Odyssey (Quarter 2), Suddenly Small (Quarter 3), and Clown College (Quarter 4).
|
1 | |
| Semester | Jan 22 | 10:00 am | 10:55 am | Fri | Action Dance: Swing & Step | 9th-12th | Jeff Virchow | 12 |
$337.00 $303.30 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Social dancing does not have to be slow or stuffy! There is energy in the ballroom with Action Dance! Students will learn the beginning waltz, foxtrot, and swing dancing, which originated in Harlem and is known for its spirited stepping and spinning to jazz and big band music. The class will examine the evolution of East Coast swing and its offshoots along with some West Coast swing, Lindy Hop, the Charleston, and the DC native Hand Dance. They will also learn some 2-step and country swing. Emphasis in the class will be on having fun and learning techniques to help dancers be comfortable and relaxed. Social dances encourage confidence, social presence, posture, and poise in teens. Social dancing is partner-based dance; consider signing up with a friend! Please note that in order to demonstrate some steps and forms, students may occasionally be invited to partner with their instructor. Topics in this Series: Caribbean & Latin (Semester 1), Swing & Smooth (Semester 2), etc. Students continuing from first semester receive priority pre-registration for second semester. Prerequisites: None Assessments: Informal feedback will be given in class. Formal assessments or grades will not be given. What to Wear: Students should wear loose, comfortable clothing. Credit: Homeschool families may wish to count this course as a component (partial) credit in fine arts for purposes of a high school transcript.
|
1 | |
| Semester | Jan 22 | 11:00 am | 11:55 am | Fri | Advanced Sewing: Puffy Pirate & Peasant Shirts | 9th-12th | Judith Harmon | 10 |
$303.00 $272.70 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Sew it begins! From ship decks to village markets, loose, billowy shirts have outfitted adventurers for centuries. In this advanced sewing course, students will create a puffy pirate or peasant-style shirt while mastering gathering, sleeves, and neckline finishes. For this project, students will learn accurate measuring and fitting, pattern reading and layout, flat lining patterns, cutting fabric on the grain, pressing, felling seams, sewing boning channels, interfacing and lining, edge binding, top-stitching, eyelet installation and lacing, and adding trim and embellishment. Students will be guided by instructor Judith Harmon who has a degree in costume design, creates the costumes for many local theaters, and teaches Compass sewing classes. The class is recommended for intermediate to advanced stitchers, including students who have taken her Learn to Sew classes. Students who are unfamiliar with machine sewing should schedule at least 4 hours of private sewing lessons through Compass before the start of class. Introduction to sewing will not be taught in this class. Students will also need to bring a portable sewing machine to class each week. If you are purchasing a new sewing machine for the class, a Singer Heavy Duty Sewing Machine, 4400 series, model is recommended. ($160-$180 from Amazon or Michaels). Students who are bringing a pre-owed or loaned sewing machine are expected to have the machine professionally serviced before the start of class. Students must bring bobbins, replacement needles, the foot pedal, power cord, owner's manual, and extension cord to class each week. A student who forgets his/her sewing machine or who must send their machine to the shop may rent one from the instructor for $20.00 per hour. Students should also bring a basic sewing kit. Prerequisites: Recommended for intermediate to advanced stitchers such as those who have taken the Learn to Sew class or have experience using sewing machine. Alternatively, the student must enroll in 4-hours of private sewing instruction before the start of class. Workload: Students should expect to spend 1 hour per week outside of class finishing whatever step could not be completed in class. Assignments: Will be made in class and notes/lectures will posted in the Google Classroom platform. Assessments: Informal feedback will be provided as students work. Lab/Supply Fee: A class fee of $25.00 is due payable to the instructor for sewing patterns and additional classroom materials. Optional: Students can also elect to purchase a basic sewing kits from the instructor for $25.00. On the first day of class, after students have selected their patterns, they will be given a supply list of fabric to purchase. What to Bring: Sewing machine (recently serviced, with owner's manual foot pedal, power cord, bobbins, and replacement needles); basic hand-sewing kit. Credit: Homeschool families may wish to count this course as a component (partial) credit in Art, Career Exploration, or General Elective for purposes of a high school transcript
|
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 19 | 11:00 am | 11:55 am | Tue | Adventures in Art: A Tale of Two Styles (France vs Italy) TUE | 3rd-4th | Kerry Diederich | 10 |
$169.00 $152.10 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Adventures in Art is an engaging, hands-on creative experience designed for growing artists! Each week, students will explore a new artist or artistic style, learn interesting background facts, study inspiring examples, and create their own artwork inspired by what they observe. Working with a wide variety of materials, students will experiment with color, pattern, texture, and design as they develop their skills and bring their creative ideas to life. Third quarter, students take a creative trip to France and Italy, discovering how artists from different places and times bring their ideas to life in unique ways. Each class explores a new style, followed by a fun, hands-on project where students draw, paint, sculpt, and create their own inspired masterpieces. Along the way, they experiment with realistic and expressive styles while building creativity and confidence. Featured artists include Leonardo da Vinci, Claude Monet, Michelangelo, Henri Matisse, Pablo Picasso, Georges Seurat, Raphael , and Marc Chagall. A partial list of projects this quarter include: simple portrait drawing, mini water lily painting, action figure drawing, cut paper shape, collage, clay face sculpture, pointillism dot art, and split-style artwork using pencils, erasers, black markers, and colored pencils, watercolor paints, paintbrushes, white drawing paper, specialty canvases, colored construction paper, pre-cut colored paper, glue sticks, scissors, air-dry clay and basic sculpting tools. Topics in this series include: Stellar Celestial Subjects (Quarter 1), Creatures in Color (Quarter 2), A Tale of Two Styles (Quarter 3) and Murals, Monuments & Museums (Quarter 4).
|
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 20 | 12:00 pm | 12:55 pm | Wed | Adventures in Art: A Tale of Two Styles (France vs Italy) WED | 3rd-4th | Kerry Diederich | 10 |
$169.00 $152.10 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Adventures in Art is an engaging, hands-on creative experience designed for growing artists! Each week, students will explore a new artist or artistic style, learn interesting background facts, study inspiring examples, and create their own artwork inspired by what they observe. Working with a wide variety of materials, students will experiment with color, pattern, texture, and design as they develop their skills and bring their creative ideas to life. Third quarter, students take a creative trip to France and Italy, discovering how artists from different places and times bring their ideas to life in unique ways. Each class explores a new style, followed by a fun, hands-on project where students draw, paint, sculpt, and create their own inspired masterpieces. Along the way, they experiment with realistic and expressive styles while building creativity and confidence. Featured artists include Leonardo da Vinci, Claude Monet, Michelangelo, Henri Matisse, Pablo Picasso, Georges Seurat, Raphael , and Marc Chagall. A partial list of projects this quarter include: simple portrait drawing, mini water lily painting, action figure drawing, cut paper shape, collage, clay face sculpture, pointillism dot art, and split-style artwork using pencils, erasers, black markers, and colored pencils, watercolor paints, paintbrushes, white drawing paper, specialty canvases, colored construction paper, pre-cut colored paper, glue sticks, scissors, air-dry clay and basic sculpting tools. Topics in this series include: Stellar Celestial Subjects (Quarter 1), Creatures in Color (Quarter 2), A Tale of Two Styles (Quarter 3) and Murals, Monuments & Museums (Quarter 4).
|
1 | |
| Semester | Jan 19 | 1:00 pm | 1:55 pm | Tue | Agree to Disagree: Middle School Debate | 7th-8th | Sandy Brown | 12 |
$423.00 $380.70 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Put two things that come naturally to teens- argument and empathy- to work! In this introductory debate class, middle school students learn to turn strong opinions into logical, well-supported arguments while considering perspectives beyond their own. Through lively discussions of topics relevant to teens, students identify pros and cons, organize their ideas into persuasive points, and practice expressing themselves clearly and confidently. Topics will steer clear of polarizing political themes to keep the focus on reasoning, communication, and respectful disagreement. Students will practice debating both sides of an issue, regardless of their personal beliefs. Along the way, they will learn to listen closely, ask thoughtful questions, respond to opposing points, and challenge an idea while respecting the person presenting it. With practice, students will strengthen their communication skills and discover that understanding another viewpoint can help them build a stronger argument of their own. No debate experience is necessary, just curiosity and a willingness to speak up!
|
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 20 | 12:00 pm | 12:55 pm | Wed | AI Adventure Lab: Real or Fake? | 3rd-4th | Veronica Calancha | 10 |
$196.00 $176.40 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
In this fun, hands on class, students are introduced to the world of artificial intelligence through games, challenges, and creative activities. They will explore where AI shows up in their everyday lives, learn how it works in simple terms, and begin to understand the difference between human thinking and computer responses. How can you use AI safely, and what should you do when something doesn't seem right? Third quarter, students become AI Safety Superheroes as they learn how to use technology responsibly. Through role-play scenarios, fact-check races, and safety challenge cards, students will practice making smart choices when using AI tools. They will learn to spot mistakes, question information, and decide what to trust using fun games and decision-making challenges. This class is designed to spark curiosity and teach how to use these tools safely and responsibly. Technology access in this class is instructor-led demonstrations with classroom projections, supported by small group stations with one laptops per 2 to 3 students. Topics in this series include: How It Works (Quarter 1), Ask Clever Questions (Quarter 2), Real or Fake? (Quarter 3) and Build & Create (Quarter 4)
|
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 20 | 10:00 am | 10:55 am | Wed | AI Applied Lab: Truth or Manipulated? | 7th-8th | Veronica Calancha | 10 |
$196.00 $176.40 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
In this course, middle schoolers will expand their understanding of how AI works and begin to evaluate its role in the real world. They will explore core concepts behind AI systems, improve their ability to communicate with AI tools, and examine important topics such as fairness, bias, and ethical use. Is AI always fair, and who decides? Third quarter, students will explore how bias can appear in AI systems and what it means for technology to be ethical. They will examine real-world examples, analyze how data and design choices can influence outcomes, and evaluate whether results are fair or flawed. Through bias simulations, structured debates, and a debate tournament, students will defend their positions using evidence and reasoning. Technology access in this class will include both instructor-led demonstrations with classroom projections, and hands-on individual laptop use with safety constraints and limited distractions. Topics in this series include: Inside the System (Quarter 1), Ask, Refine, Realize (Quarter 2), Truth or Manipulated? (Quarter 3), and Build for Impact (Quarter 4).
|
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 20 | 11:00 am | 11:55 am | Wed | AI Apprentice Lab: Fair or Flawed? | 5th-6th | Veronica Calancha | 10 |
$196.00 $176.40 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
This class moves students beyond basic understanding and into actively using AI as a tool for learning, problem-solving, and creativity. Students will explore how AI systems work, practice writing more precise prompts to improve results, and learn to identify errors and bias in AI responses. Through hands-on activities, students will strengthen their critical thinking while gaining practical experience. Can you tell when AI gets it wrong or when it might be unfair? In this quarter, students sharpen their critical thinking as they learn to spot mistakes and recognize bias in AI responses. Through activities like real vs. AI detection challenges, bias games, fact-check competitions, and an AI vs. Human challenge day, students will test what they see and question what they read. They will learn that AI is a powerful tool- but not always a perfect one- and build the skills to evaluate information carefully and make thoughtful, informed decisions. The focus is on helping students become thoughtful, confident users who can direct and evaluate AI effectively, rather than simply relying on it. Technology access in this class is instructor-led demonstrations with classroom projections, supported by small group stations with one laptops per 2 to 3 students. Topics in this series include: How It's Built (Quarter 1), Ask Perfect Prompts (Quarter 2), Fair or Flawed (Quarter 3), and Real-World Solitions (Quarter 4).
|
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 20 | 2:00 pm | 2:55 pm | Wed | All About Astronomy: Stars, Galaxies, and the Cosmos | 5th-6th | Becca Sticha | 10 |
$200.00 $180.00 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Did you know that our Sun is a yellow dwarf star residing in a spiral galaxy, the Milky Way? Our nearest neighbor, Proxima Centauri, a red dwarf star, is a mere 25 trillion miles away...but in our same galaxy! Kids who love astronomy and other sciences are invited to learn about stars, galaxies, and the cosmos in this beginning astronomy class. Join us as we examine the lifecycle of stars and discuss what stars are made of. The class will learn how we observe the universe (telescopes, particle detectors, etc) and make these "astronomical" measurements of time and distance. And finally, the class will examine the phenomenon of black holes. This class will use some NASA projects for educators in their investigation. Future themes in this series include: Inner Solar System (Quarter 1); Outer Solar System (Quarter 2); Stars, Galaxies, and the Cosmos (Quarter 3); and Exoplanets and the Search for Extraterrestrial Life (Quarter 4).
|
1 | |
| Semester | Jan 22 | 1:00 pm | 1:55 pm | Fri | American Government: How the Republic Works Today | 9th-12th | Dr. Albert Thompson | 12 |
$402.00 $361.80 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
From freedoms to federalism and enfranchisement to empowerment, students will engage with American Government from a unique, thoughtful perspective. This course is facilitated by college professor Dr. Albert Thompson, a historian of the state, culture, and conflict who was homeschooled through high school. He uses an engaging storytelling style to encourage high school students to use "historical data to advance solutions to contemporary problems." Second semester, the class will consider how the US Government works today and what aspects of the Founders' vision remains intact. Students will cover how the American Government System evolved into its present 21st century form, through an examination of the Jacksonian, Civil War, Progressive, New Deal, and Great Society eras. The class will learn about the conflicts that arose between the states and the federal government as federal power increased. They will explore the rivalries and disputes between elected leaders and bureaucrats as the Administrative State rose to power the 20th century. This semester covers the period in American Government from 1804-present with a focus on 1890 and beyond, including the evolution of the Constitution through the amendments, the shifting balance among the three branches, the impact of Supreme Court decisions, and the growth of Federalism. Topics in this Series: Setting Up the Great Republic (Semester 1) and How the Republic Works Today (Semester 2). Students continuing from first semester receive priority pre-registration for second semester. Prerequisites: None Workload: Students should expect to spend 1-2 hours per week on readings. Readings should be treated as pre-readings which students complete before class in order to engage in in-class discussion. Assignments: Reading assignments will be communicated weekly to students by email. This class will not have written assignments or projects. Assessments: The instructor will not give quizzes or provide assessments. Parents may give the textbook Review Questions and/or Critical Thinking Questions that are available for each unit for purposes of assessing their own student's understanding of major themes. The instructor will provide the answer keys. Textbook/Materials: The class will use American Government, , 3rd edition, a free, online open-source textbook from OpenStax. OpenStax is a nonprofit educational initiative based at Rice University. Contributing authors come from a variety of universities. Students may read the book online, download a Kindle version, download a pdf, or order an print copy from Amazon (ISBN-13: 978-1711493954 for $41.00). What to Bring: Paper or notebook; pen or pencil; assigned chapter. Credit: Homeschool families may wish to count this course as a component (partial) credit in American Government or Civics for purposes of a high school transcript. (Full credit for both semesters.)
|
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 20 | 11:00 am | 11:55 am | Wed | Anyone Can Draw! Stuff to Sketch | 6th-8th | Pete Van Riper | 10 |
$169.00 $152.10 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Students will draw in a relaxed, informal studio setting, where they will learn the fundamentals of drawing along with the elements of art and principles of design. Students will begin with basic sketching of everyday objects- a pair of cleats, a bag of chips, sunglasses, a Stanley cup, or a teddy bear, for example (no boring vases or fruit here.) They will practice freehand drawing to represent an object and practice breaking the item down into the simple shapes that make its unique, complex form. Emphasis will be on how to represent in 2D what you see in real life in three dimentions. Student artists will learn techniques such as creating a "good line," outlining, patterning, and introductory shading. Elements of art will include line, shape, and pattern, along with principles such as contrast and emphasis. The instructor will demonstrate techniques through sample drawings, and students may follow along or apply the skills to their own ideas. This class is ideal for beginners and helps build confidence by showing students that drawing does not have to be "perfect" to be powerful. There is a suppy fee of $18.00 due payable to the instructor for new students only. Topics in this series include: Style & Self (Quarter 1), Characters & Creatures (Quarter 2), Stuff to Sketch (Quarter 3), and Fantasy Figures (Quarter 4).
|
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 19 | 11:00 am | 11:55 am | Tue | Aquatic Biology: Estuaries & Marshes | 5th-6th | Osk Huneycutt | 12 |
$196.00 $176.40 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
More than 70% of the Earth's surface is water! Understanding the planet's oceans and freshwater systems is critical to understanding life on our planet- from beginnings in the seas to the water cycle that supports ongoing life. The study of aquatic and marine biology provides a basis for understanding much of the chemistry, physics, biology, and meteorology on our planet. Budding marine biologists will travel inland to learn about freshwater systems like lakes and ponds, rivers and streams before returning to the coast to study marshes and estuaries followed by extreme marine environments. The focus will be on hands-on, dynamic learning, and students will engage in several demonstrations and experiments in each class. Third quarter, students will focus on the physical, chemical and biological characteristics of estuarine systems. The class will learn about salinity gradients, nutrient cycling, and biological communities in temperate estuaries and tropical mangrove swamps. Students will study the amazing adaptations that allow plants and animals in these habitats to tolerate rapid changes in temperature and salinity. The group will also discuss human impacts to estuarine habitats, including habitat loss, water diversion, and eutrophication. Topics in this Series: Lakes and Ponds (Quarter 1); Rivers and Streams (Quarter 2); Marshes and Estuaries (Quarter 3); and Extreme Marine (Quarter 4). Lab/Supply Fee: A class fee of $20.00 is due payable to the instructor on/before the first day of class.
|
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 19 | 12:00 pm | 12:55 pm | Tue | Art in Action: Global Gallery (TUE) | 5th-6th | Kerry Diederich | 10 |
$169.00 $152.10 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Art in Action is a dynamic, hands-on program designed to expand students' artistic skills and creative thinking. Each week, students will study a different artist or artistic movement, explore key concepts and techniques, and analyze examples of notable works before creating their own original pieces inspired by what they have learned. Using a variety of media, students will refine their understanding of color, composition, texture, and design while developing greater confidence and independence in their artistic expression. Third quarter, students "travel" around the world through art, exploring how different cultures use symbols, patterns, and storytelling to share ideas and traditions. Through hands-on projects, students will discover how artists communicate meaning and identity while learning to create with respect for cultural traditions and perspectives. Featured countries and regions include Ghana, China, Japan, the United States (indigenous cultures), Mexico/Mesoamerica, Egypt, India, and and Aboriginal Australia. A partial list of projects this quarter includes: Adinkra symbol masks, ink brush paintings, ukiyo-e wave prints, symbolic storytelling pieces, geometric pattern designs, hieroglyphic art, mandala patterns, and dot painting using watercolor, acrylic and tempera paints, cardboard, tag board, construction paper, fabric scraps, yarn, beads, feathers, raffia, natural materials, glue, scissors, markers, oil pastels, clay (air-dry), modeling tools, , colored sand, chalk, stencils, stamps, and pattern templates. Topics in this series include: Abstract Adventures (Quarter 1), Watercolor Wonders (Quarter 2), Global Gallery (Quarter 3), and Fantasy & Fiction- Harry Potter Inspired Art (Quarter 4)
|
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 20 | 11:00 am | 11:55 am | Wed | Art in Action: Global Gallery (WED) | 5th-6th | Kerry Diederich | 10 |
$169.00 $152.10 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Art in Action is a dynamic, hands-on program designed to expand students' artistic skills and creative thinking. Each week, students will study a different artist or artistic movement, explore key concepts and techniques, and analyze examples of notable works before creating their own original pieces inspired by what they have learned. Using a variety of media, students will refine their understanding of color, composition, texture, and design while developing greater confidence and independence in their artistic expression. Third quarter, students "travel" around the world through art, exploring how different cultures use symbols, patterns, and storytelling to share ideas and traditions. Through hands-on projects, students will discover how artists communicate meaning and identity while learning to create with respect for cultural traditions and perspectives. Featured countries and regions include Ghana, China, Japan, the United States (indigenous cultures), Mexico/Mesoamerica, Egypt, India, and and Aboriginal Australia. A partial list of projects this quarter includes: Adinkra symbol masks, ink brush paintings, ukiyo-e wave prints, symbolic storytelling pieces, geometric pattern designs, hieroglyphic art, mandala patterns, and dot painting using watercolor, acrylic and tempera paints, cardboard, tag board, construction paper, fabric scraps, yarn, beads, feathers, raffia, natural materials, glue, scissors, markers, oil pastels, clay (air-dry), modeling tools, , colored sand, chalk, stencils, stamps, and pattern templates. Topics in this series include: Abstract Adventures (Quarter 1), Watercolor Wonders (Quarter 2), Global Gallery (Quarter 3), and Fantasy & Fiction- Harry Potter Inspired Art (Quarter 4)
|
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 20 | 10:00 am | 10:55 am | Wed | Artist's Academy: Highlights of the Harlem Renaissance | 7th-8th | Kerry Diederich | 10 |
$169.00 $152.10 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Artist's Academy is a hands-on course designed to develop technical skill, creative expression, and artistic perspective. Each week, students will examine a range of artists and movements, discussing historical context, stylistic elements, and artistic intent before creating original works informed by their studies. Through work in multiple media, students will strengthen their understanding of composition, color theory, texture, and design while learning to make thoughtful artistic choices and articulate their creative process. Third quarter, students will explore the powerful artistic movement of the Harlem Renaissance, examining how artists expressed cultural identity, community, and history through their work. By studying influential figures of the era, students will see how art can reflect shared experiences, celebrate cultural pride, and respond to historical moments. Featured artists include Aaron Douglas, Jacob Lawrence, Archibald Motley, and Augusta Savage. A partial list of projects this quarter includes: a relief sculpture portrait, 3-panel story, and a layered silhouette using drawing pencils, charcoal, colored pencils, markers, oil pastels, watercolor, tempera, acrylic paint, brushes, paper, collage materials, fabric, cardboard, clay, wire, yarn, glue, and tape Topics in this series include: Reframing Reality (Quarter 1), Creative Chaos (Quarter 2), Highlights of the Harlem Renaissance (Quarter 3), and Studio Studies(Quarter 4). There is a $25.00 supply fee due payable to the instructor on/before the first day.
|
1 | |
| Semester | Jan 18 | 12:00 pm | 12:55 pm | Mon | Astronomy: The Deep Universe & Modern Discovery | 7th-8th | Sandy Preaux | 12 |
$391.00 $351.90 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Did you know that a single image from the James Webb Space Telescope can contain thousands of galaxies, each with billions of stars, and that some of that light has traveled for over 13 billion years to reach us? Or that scientists can detect distant planets by measuring a tiny flicker of starlight? Space is vast, dynamic, and measurable. In this course, students will explore the universe from our solar system to deep space, using the tools and methods of modern astronomers. Through hands-on investigations, models, and simulations, students will discover how we know what we know about a universe we cannot touch and begin to think like scientists exploring the final frontier. Second semester expands outward into the deep universe, focusing on the life cycles of stars, the structure of galaxies, and the groundbreaking discoveries made possible by the James Webb Space Telescope. Students will begin by studying light- the key to understanding the universe- through hands-on exploration of the electromagnetic spectrum and spectroscopy, learning how scientists determine the composition and motion of distant objects. They will trace the birth, life, and death of stars, model stellar evolution, and explore dramatic phenomena such as supernovae and black holes. Students will then investigate galaxies, cosmic expansion, and the evidence for redshift, dark matter, and dark energy through interactive demonstrations and simulations. Using real JWST images, students will analyze some of the earliest galaxies ever observed and consider what they reveal about the origins of the universe. The semester concludes with a "Cosmic Mystery" project and discussions of future space exploration, connecting classroom learning to the next generation of scientific discovery.
|
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 19 | 2:00 pm | 2:55 pm | Tue | Backyard Beekeeping: Hello Honey | 3rd-Adult | Shea Megale | 10 |
$203.00 $182.70 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Bee-come a beginner beekeeper! This series introduces students to the fascinating world of honeybees, exploring their behavior, life cycle, and vital role in our ecosystem. Students will discover how a hive functions as a highly organized community and learn about the remarkable process by which bees transform nectar into honey, a natural sweetener prized for thousands of years. Third quarter, learn about honey harvesting, what makes some honey dark and other honey light, how to make amazing things with honey byproducts such as beeswax, and how to measure the quality of honey. Students will peer into an exciting refractometer to measure the moisture content of honey. They'll get hands-on with Jack's honey scale to grade honey color. Finally, they'll assume the roles of imaginary judges at a state or county fair, tasting and scoring honey on score sheets and naming the blue ribbon winner just like in real life! Note: Since beekeeping can be a family affair, this is a family style class. Students of all ages and parents may enroll. Children under age 8 must have a parent registered with them. Topics in this series: Dive Into the Hive (Quarter 1), Busy as a Bee (Quarter 2), Hello Honey (Quarter 3), and Sweet as Honey (Quarter 4).
|
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 21 | 1:00 pm | 1:55 pm | Thu | Baker's Batch: Chocolate Works (THU) | 7th-8th | Mylene Nyman | 8 |
$215.00 $193.50 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Butter, batter, and bold bakes. Step into the rhythm of real baking as students build skill and confidence in the kitchen. In Baker's Batch, students mix, measure, and master the techniques behind favorite desserts while learning to think like true bakers. Each week, they create a fresh batch of treats such as cakes, pies, cookies, bars, breads, and pastries, sharpening skills like precision measuring, timing, and presentation. From first mix to final bite, this class is all about consistency, creativity, and leveling up in the kitchen. This quarter, the Compass bakers' culinary adventures will include:
|
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 19 | 1:00 pm | 1:55 pm | Tue | Baker's Batch: Chocolate Works (TUE) | 7th-8th | Mylene Nyman | 8 |
$215.00 $193.50 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Butter, batter, and bold bakes. Step into the rhythm of real baking as students build skill and confidence in the kitchen. In Baker's Batch, students mix, measure, and master the techniques behind favorite desserts while learning to think like true bakers. Each week, they create a fresh batch of treats such as cakes, pies, cookies, bars, breads, and pastries, sharpening skills like precision measuring, timing, and presentation. From first mix to final bite, this class is all about consistency, creativity, and leveling up in the kitchen. This quarter, the Compass bakers' culinary adventures will include:
Students will be eating what they make each week and bringing home the recipes and leftovers. This engaging sweets class will get students excited about helping in the kitchen and entertaining. They will learn important baking skills such as safety, sanitation, measuring, knife skills, and other tricks of the trade. Culinary vocabulary is introduced each week. Notes: Students with allergies to food ingredients or dietary restrictions cannot be accommodated in this class. Recipes may contain nuts, dairy, wheat, gluten, and eggs. All food supplies will be conventional, mass market ingredients. Specialty food preparations/certifications such as halal, kosher, and organic will not be used due to cost and sourcing logistics. Topics in this Series: Piece of Cake (Quarter 1); Easy as Pie (Quarter 2), Chocolate Works (Quarter 3), and Dessert First (Quarter 4). Assessments: Qualitative Feedback will be given in class. Formal grades/assessment will not be given. Lab/Supply Fee: A class fee of $45.00 is due payable to the instructor on or before the first day of class. What to Bring: None- Disposable aprons and take-home containers provided. What to Wear: Students should wear clean clothes and have long hair tied back, braided, or secured under a bandana (male and female). Cooking Class Requirements: For more information and FAQs, see the Compass Cooking Classes webpage.
|
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 20 | 10:00 am | 10:55 am | Wed | Ballet Fun: Swan Lake | PK(4)-3rd | Alchemy Ballet | 12 |
$160.00 $144.00 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Young dancers will practice skills in musicality, balance, flexibility, and coordination as they learn to dance as a group. Each quarter, a different musical fairytale ballet will provide the inspiration and the music for the class. Dancers will become familiar with the story of the ballet and the orchestral music as they go through their own routine. The music, story, and characters will serve as an inspiration for creative movement. Third quarter young dancers will learn the story of Swan Lake, a timeless ballet about the princess Odette based on German and Russian folk tales and composed by Pyotr Ilyich Tchaikovsky in 1875- 76. In class, dancers will learn to recognize, understand, and apply techniques from the Vaganova ballet method such as: 1st - 6th positions, marching and skipping, demi plie, grand plie, saute, bourree, grand jete, and tendu. Students will also develop their physical conditioning and learn teamwork. A demonstration of skills learned will be showcased for parents on the last class each quarter. Ballet students are expected to wear appropriate attire. Young ladies must wear a leotard with skirt (attached or detached), pink tights, and soft pink ballet shoes in canvas or leather. Young men must wear a slim-fitting white t-shirt, black shorts, white socks, and soft black ballet shoes in canvas or leather. Students must be age 4 by the start of class. Topics in this series: The Little Humpbacked Horse (Quarter 1); The Nutcracker (Quarter 2); Swan Lake (Quarter 3); and Don Quixote (Quarter 4). Prerequisites: None |
1 | |
| Semester | Jan 18 | 12:00 pm | 12:55 pm | Mon | Band- Beginner 1 | 5th-12th | Ben Stern | 10 |
$446.00 $401.40 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Turn up the tempo and take your musical skills to the next level! Advanced Beginner Band helps students strengthen technique, improve music-reading fluency, and tackle more challenging selections within Compass's comprehensive, multi-level homeschool band program. Students in Advanced Beginner Band will meet and play together to continue to develop their skills on their selected instruments. To be considered for this level, students must have the following competencies on their chosen percussion, woodwind, or brass instrument:
Advanced beginner band students are expected to practice 15 minutes per day, 5 times per week. Parents will be asked to sign a weekly practice log, and students completing their target 75 minutes per week will earn small weekly incentives. Students will need to rent or purchase an instrument and accessories. See the band instrument webpage. There is a $26.00 (wind instruments) or $32.00 (percussion) supply fee due payable to Compass on/before the start of class for the Level 2 instrument-specific music book. Prerequisites: See description |
1 | |
| Semester | Jan 18 | 11:00 am | 11:55 am | Mon | Band- Beginner 2 (Sem 2) | 5th-12th | Ben Stern | 10 |
$446.00 $401.40 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Start on the right note and discover the excitement of making music with others! Beginner Band introduces students to the fundamentals of playing, reading music, following a conductor, and performing with others within Compass's comprehensive, multi-level homeschool band program. Beginning band students will learn how to hold their instruments with proper posture and hand position and correct embouchure (mouth position and blowing technique) for the instrument. They will receive instruction on the parts of their instruments and how to safely, correctly, and independently assemble and clean them. Students will learn the fundamentals of music reading and practice simple songs as a group. Students in beginner band may select from one of the following band instruments. Most instruments are appropriate for all ages, but a few are recommended for grades 7th and up due to the weight of the instrument or distance of the fingering: Woodwind:
Brass:
Percussion:
Beginning band students are expected to practice 10 minutes per day, 5 times per week. Parents will be asked to sign a weekly practice log, and students completing their target 50 minutes per week will earn small weekly incentives. Students will need to rent or purchase an instrument and accessories. See the band instrument webpage. There is a $30.00 supply fee due payable to Compass on/before the start of class for the Level I instrument-specific music book.
|
1 | |
| Semester | Jan 18 | 1:00 pm | 1:55 pm | Mon | Band- Intermediate (Sem 2) | 5th-12th | Ben Stern | 10 |
$446.00 $401.40 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Find your rhythm, refine your sound, and rise to the challenge of a performing ensemble! Intermediate Band is designed for experienced student musicians ready to develop greater independence, musical expression, and polished ensemble skills within Compass's comprehensive, multi-level homeschool band program. Intermediate Band is designed for students who are ready to play more complex music, strengthen their technique, and develop greater confidence performing as a group. Students will rehearse several selections in preparation for a spring band event, such as a theme park performance, community park program, or public venue. To be considered for this level, students must have the following competencies on their chosen percussion, woodwind, or brass instrument:
Intermediate band students are expected to practice 20 minutes per day, 5 times per week. Parents will be asked to sign a weekly practice log, and students completing their target 100 minutes per week will earn small incentives. It is highly recommended that students additionally take private weekly lessons to develop techniques and nuances specific to their individual instrument. There is a $15.00 supply fee due payable to Compass on/before the start of class for the for sheet music. Prerequisites: See description |
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 19 | 1:00 pm | 1:55 pm | Tue | Battle Strategies & Dioramas: WWII- D-Day (TUE) | 6th-8th | Taliesin Knol | 10 |
$220.00 $198.00 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Take command of the battlefield as you design and deploy your own 3D military diorama. On June 6, 1944, Allied forces launched Operation Overlord, landing 156,000 troops on the heavily fortified beaches of Normandy in the largest amphibious invasion in history. Soldiers faced machine-gun fire, obstacles, and rough seas as they fought to establish a foothold in Nazi-occupied France. This class follows the planning, execution, and consequences of D-Day as it opened the path to the liberation of Western Europe. Using artistic model-making techniques, hand tools, and historical maps, students will each form a 10" X 14" shaped, foam diorama with landscape elements (hills, valleys, rivers, ridges, vegetation, airfields, etc) to represent a scene of a famous historical engagement. Students will each receive scale miniature naval ships to populate their scene. Once individual projects are constructed, students will combine their dioramas alongside those of their classmates to approximate the larger battlefield terrain. Students will spend the remainder of the quarter learning about the tactics and outcomes of the military engagement while playing a table-top strategy game. Student strategists will use a simplified version of the Axis and Allies gaming rule system for moving troops and equipment. Along with their classmates, students will see how this battle progressed and test different outcome scenarios that might have occurred with different battlefield choices. The instructor will use maps and visual presentations to explain the historical background and circumstances leading up to the specific battle. Course documents, such as period maps, game rules and all other instructional media will be available via a Google Drive link which will be emailed to parents. There is a $25.00 materials fee payable to the instructor on the first day of class. Topics in this year's series include: Pearl Harbor (Quarter 1), Guadalcanal (Quarter 2), D-Day (Quarter 3), and Battle of the Bulge (Quarter 4).
|
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 20 | 2:00 pm | 2:55 pm | Wed | Battle Strategies & Dioramas: WWII- D-Day (WED) | 6th-8th | Taliesin Knol | 10 |
$220.00 $198.00 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Take command of the battlefield as you design and deploy your own 3D military diorama. On June 6, 1944, Allied forces launched Operation Overlord, landing 156,000 troops on the heavily fortified beaches of Normandy in the largest amphibious invasion in history. Soldiers faced machine-gun fire, obstacles, and rough seas as they fought to establish a foothold in Nazi-occupied France. This class follows the planning, execution, and consequences of D-Day as it opened the path to the liberation of Western Europe. Using artistic model-making techniques, hand tools, and historical maps, students will each form a 10" X 14" shaped, foam diorama with landscape elements (hills, valleys, rivers, ridges, vegetation, airfields, etc) to represent a scene of a famous historical engagement. Students will each receive scale miniature naval ships to populate their scene. Once individual projects are constructed, students will combine their dioramas alongside those of their classmates to approximate the larger battlefield terrain. Students will spend the remainder of the quarter learning about the tactics and outcomes of the military engagement while playing a table-top strategy game. Student strategists will use a simplified version of the Axis and Allies gaming rule system for moving troops and equipment. Along with their classmates, students will see how this battle progressed and test different outcome scenarios that might have occurred with different battlefield choices. The instructor will use maps and visual presentations to explain the historical background and circumstances leading up to the specific battle. Course documents, such as period maps, game rules and all other instructional media will be available via a Google Drive link which will be emailed to parents. There is a $25.00 materials fee payable to the instructor on the first day of class. Topics in this year's series include: Pearl Harbor (Quarter 1), Guadalcanal (Quarter 2), D-Day (Quarter 3), and Battle of the Bulge (Quarter 4).
|
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 21 | 11:00 am | 11:55 am | Thu | Beginner 'Bots: Perfect Pets (THU) | 3rd-4th | Becca Sticha | 10 |
$209.00 $188.10 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Discover the world of robotics using kids' favorite, interlocking building bricks! Students will build and program 3-4 different whimsical, mechanized projects each quarter using the WeDo 2.0 robotics system by LEGO Education. Third quarter, students will build, program, and model perfect pets such as a Tom & Jerry (cat and mouse), a baby bird, a bunny, and a dog. Their robots will be built using special-shaped LEGO components from the WeDo Educational set, motors, motion sensors, tilt sensors and a programmable, Bluetooth control unit ("brain"). Student will use classroom tablets to program the control units using an intuitive drag-and-drop coding modules. Prior experience with LEGO or coding is not required. All equipment is furnished. Topics in this Series: Under the Sea (Quarter 1), Wings and Things (Quarter 2); Perfect Pets (Quarter 3), and Reptiles Robots (Quarter 4).
|
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 19 | 1:00 pm | 1:55 pm | Tue | Beginner 'Bots: Perfect Pets (TUE) | 3rd-4th | Becca Sticha | 10 |
$209.00 $188.10 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Discover the world of robotics using kids' favorite, interlocking building bricks! Students will build and program 3-4 different whimsical, mechanized projects each quarter using the WeDo 2.0 robotics system by LEGO Education. Third quarter, students will build, program, and model perfect pets such as a Tom & Jerry (cat and mouse), a baby bird, a bunny, and a dog. Their robots will be built using special-shaped LEGO components from the WeDo Educational set, motors, motion sensors, tilt sensors and a programmable, Bluetooth control unit ("brain"). Student will use classroom tablets to program the control units using an intuitive drag-and-drop coding modules. Prior experience with LEGO or coding is not required. All equipment is furnished. Topics in this Series: Under the Sea (Quarter 1), Wings and Things (Quarter 2); Perfect Pets (Quarter 3), and Reptiles Robots (Quarter 4).
|
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 21 | 12:00 pm | 12:55 pm | Thu | Best Books for Boys: Determination | 5th-6th | Dr. Anneca Robinson | 12 |
$193.00 $173.70 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Best Books for Boys is a book club just for preteen boys. Each quarter, students read one standout novel and spend class time going deeper. Boys act out scenes, debate what characters should have done differently, write sequel pitches or alternate endings, and explore the real-world connections behind the story. Through conversation and guided activities, students begin to read more closely, noticing how authors develop characters, build suspense, and make deliberate choices about how a story unfolds. Each quarter, one book is the teacher's selection and a second book is chosen by the class from a short, approved list. Students read assigned chapters at home and come to class prepared to share their reflections and discuss the books. All books are selected from Newbery Medalists and Honor Books, Caldecott Medal titles, Parents' Choice Award winners, and proven classics of children's fiction. Level: This class is designed for 5th and 6th graders. 4th grade students reading above grade level are welcome. Novels: The cost of a new, mass-market paperback edition of the first book title is included in the class tuition. Parents are responsible for buying or borrowing a copy of the second book from the library, once selected. What to Bring: Current novel, paper, pen or pencil, and a highlighter. Sticky notes or adhesive flags are helpful for marking key moments.
|
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 19 | 2:00 pm | 2:55 pm | Tue | Biome Builders- Coral Reefs | 3rd-5th | Taliesin Knol | 10 |
$220.00 $198.00 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
The best way to understand a biome is to build (a model) one! A biome is a large zone on Earth characterized by its climate, soil, vegetation, and organisms with special adaptations for the unique environment. In modeling biomes, students will learn how they are different than similar ecological concepts like habitats and ecosystems. Students will discover how human activities, such as deforestation and habitat destruction, are transforming biomes. In this science-themed diorama class, students will be exposed to concepts such as trophic levels, the water cycle, biological competition, geographic isolation, convergent evolution, species diversification, natural vs unnatural climate change, food webs, habitat loss, and ecological niches, while they are working on their models. Coral reefs are vibrant marine ecosystems found off coasts in warm, clear, shallow water. These underwater formations are formed by the accumulation of calcium carbonate skeletons produced by corals. Coral reefs provide habitats for an array of marine life, including colorful fish, sea stars, anemones, and larger predators like sharks and rays. The intricate reef structure offers shelter, breeding grounds, and feeding for countless ocean species. Each student will create an individual diorama. Students will craft and hand-shape their scene on a 10 x 14 inch foam board using artistic, model-making techniques. They will customize their dioramas with landforms, waterways, plant life, and paint. Once individual projects are constructed, students will populate them with miniature figures and combine their dioramas alongside those of their classmates to create a larger terrain. Students will then compete in a zoology-based survival strategy game. Each student will create one board and receive a set of miniatures to take home with them. Course documents such as maps, game rules and all other instructional media will be available via a Google Drive link which will be emailed to parents. There is a $25.00 materials fee payable to the instructor on the first day of class. Topics in this series include: Mangrove Swamps (Quarter 1), Marshlands (Quarter 2), Coral Reefs (Quarter 3) and Deep Sea Trenches (Quarter 4). Prerequisites: Minimum age 8 |
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 22 | 12:00 pm | 12:55 pm | Fri | BoxFit for Teens- Yellow | 9th-12th | Iman Castaneda | 12 |
$171.00 $153.90 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
This boxing fundamentals class helps teens build coordination, confidence, and controlled athletic movement in a safe and structured environment. Students will learn proper boxing stance and footwork, practice space awareness and movement control, and develop correct punching mechanics through guided drills. Conditioning exercises will improve balance, focus, and overall fitness while building strength and endurance. All power punches are directed only at heavy bag- never at another student. Students will practice shadow sparring, a non-contact drill that focuses on movement, timing, and technique rather than striking an opponent. Safety is a top priority. There will be no head contact, no hard punches to the body, and no student-to-student striking of any kind. The class emphasizes discipline, self-control, and skill development rather than aggression. BoxFit for Teens offers a positive outlet for energy while helping students improve coordination, fitness, and confidence in a supportive, supervised setting. The color name in the class title refers to the collectable token students will earn each quarter they take the class. Collect all 8! Teens may enroll in Total Training at any time, regardless of the color name No one color is a prerequisite for any other color, and tokens can be earned in any order. All equipment is furnished. Students are asked to wear loose, comfortable clothing, such as running pants or sweatpants, and comfortable, supportive athletic shoes. BoxFit continues each quarter, and students may repeat the class to continue to improve fitness. No two workouts are the same!
|
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 21 | 3:00 pm | 3:55 pm | Thu | Build Zone! Construction Lab (THU, Q3) | 2nd-6th | Compass Homeschool Program | 8 |
$115.00 $103.50 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Enter the BuildZone and step into a world of endless possibilities, where over 10,000 building components are at your fingertips! From Keva Planks to K'Nex, Magnatiles to Marble Runs, Tubelox, Chaos Tower, and Pipe Builders-this is the ultimate mash-up of all things construction. Here, you're the architect, the engineer, the mastermind. Stack it, snap it, connect it- then remix it! What happens when you combine pieces from totally different sets? You get taller towers, stronger structures, and mind-blowing mega builds! Build solo masterpieces or team up for cool collaborations. Every session is a chance to dream big, build bigger, and let your imagination break all the rules. This is a hands-on afternoon lab intended to provide opportunities for kids to socialize and tap into their creative energy in a relaxed club setting. No formal curriculum or lessons are provided. This is a supervised free-build session. All participants are expected to help pick up and to follow all Compass rules on indoor behavior including respecting materials, supplies, and furnishings. Prerequisites: None |
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 19 | 3:00 pm | 3:55 pm | Tue | Build Zone! Construction Lab (TUE, Q3) | 2nd-6th | Compass Homeschool Program | 8 |
$115.00 $103.50 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Enter the BuildZone and step into a world of endless possibilities, where over 10,000 building components are at your fingertips! From Keva Planks to K'Nex, Magnatiles to Marble Runs, Tubelox, Chaos Tower, and Pipe Builders-this is the ultimate mash-up of all things construction. Here, you're the architect, the engineer, the mastermind. Stack it, snap it, connect it- then remix it! What happens when you combine pieces from totally different sets? You get taller towers, stronger structures, and mind-blowing mega builds! Build solo masterpieces or team up for cool collaborations. Every session is a chance to dream big, build bigger, and let your imagination break all the rules. This is a hands-on afternoon lab intended to provide opportunities for kids to socialize and tap into their creative energy in a relaxed club setting. No formal curriculum or lessons are provided. This is a supervised free-build session. All participants are expected to help pick up and to follow all Compass rules on indoor behavior including respecting materials, supplies, and furnishings. Prerequisites: None |
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 20 | 3:00 pm | 3:55 pm | Wed | Build Zone! Construction Lab (WED, Q3) | 2nd-6th | Compass Homeschool Program | 8 |
$115.00 $103.50 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Enter the BuildZone and step into a world of endless possibilities, where over 10,000 building components are at your fingertips! From Keva Planks to K'Nex, Magnatiles to Marble Runs, Tubelox, Chaos Tower, and Pipe Builders-this is the ultimate mash-up of all things construction. Here, you're the architect, the engineer, the mastermind. Stack it, snap it, connect it- then remix it! What happens when you combine pieces from totally different sets? You get taller towers, stronger structures, and mind-blowing mega builds! Build solo masterpieces or team up for cool collaborations. Every session is a chance to dream big, build bigger, and let your imagination break all the rules. This is a hands-on afternoon lab intended to provide opportunities for kids to socialize and tap into their creative energy in a relaxed club setting. No formal curriculum or lessons are provided. This is a supervised free-build session. All participants are expected to help pick up and to follow all Compass rules on indoor behavior including respecting materials, supplies, and furnishings. Prerequisites: None |
1 | |
| Semester | Jan 22 | 1:00 pm | 1:55 pm | Fri | Century of American Music: 1970s-2020s | 9th-12th | Ney Mello | 8 |
$405.00 $364.50 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
If you like to "Turn Up the Music" (Chris Brown, 2012), "Play That Funky Music" (Wild Cherry, 1976), or "Dance to The Music" (Sly & The Family Stone, 1967), then you know that there is an impressive variety of American music. America is the birthplace of some of the most influential genres of music and musicians in the world. Much of the world's modern music has roots in American blues, jazz, or rock, while American music has elements from West Africa, the West Indies, and diverse communities such as New Orleans, Detroit, Memphis, St. Louis, Nashville, Seattle, San Francisco, Los Angeles, and the Bronx. American music has influenced behavior and culture such as dance, entertainment, fashion, technology, popular opinion, lexicon, marketing, and more. This is a focused class in music appreciation for students who enjoy listening to or playing music. The class will evaluate a century of American music by listening to and discussing influential performers, writers, and producers. Students will learn to identify music elements unique to each genre- melody, rhythm, harmony- and will develop a musical vocabulary to help them think and talk about musical works. They will also explore innovations in instruments and technologies that evolved with the music, such as drums being placed in a "set" at the advent of jazz music, the rise of electric instruments, and electronic production/mixing. Second semester will explore music from the 1970s to the present encompassing the genres of post-pop, heavy metal, hip hop, rap, grunge, punk rock, new age, alternative rock, Indie rock, post-punk and new fusion. Featured artists will include Michael Jackson, Prince, Van Halen, Nirvana, Metallica, Snoop Dog, Elise Trouw, Domi, Jacob Collier, Gunna, Pop Smoke, Esperanza Spalding, and more. Discover why Kurt Cobain was influenced by the Pixies, how Taylor Swift channels Joni Mitchell, and Lady Gaga's music resembles that of Madonna. Find out why Rolling Stone Magazine declared that without "Soul Queen" Aretha Franklin, there would be no Beyonce, Whitney Houston, or Adele. Like other fine arts classes, music appreciation is a fun break from academics which enriches and engages students in a topic they enjoy. Genres that will not be highlighted in this course include gospel, folk, country, western, tejano, reggae, zydeco, or salsa. Topics in this Series: 19202-1960s (Semester 1), 1970s-2020s (Semester 2), etc.
|
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 20 | 11:00 am | 11:55 am | Wed | Chemist Kids: Chemistry at Home | 3rd-4th | Michele Forsythe | 12 |
$216.00 $194.40 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Kids are naturally curious about chemistry! Chemistry explains the properties, behaviors, and interactions of materials around us: things we eat, drink, clean with, wear, drive, and even play with. Kids can use chemistry to understand how things taste, smell, mix, melt, combust, feel, and whether they are recyclable or rubbish, helpful or harmful, nutritious or not. Chemistry is key to understanding the world around us, including other areas of science. In this class, kids begin to use scientific words to describe their observations and will become familiar with some science apparatuses. Third quarter, kids will discover chemistry at home in products they use every day from glue sticks to glow sticks and soaps to shampoos. Find out what is in toothpaste and how it cleans your teeth. Test detergents to see what stains are removed and uncover the chemistry of how they work. Play with the properties of plastics, adhesives, and lubricants and try making your own. Students will examine the properties of paints, dyes and inks through chromatography. There is a lab fee of $25.00 due payable to the instructor on/before the first day of class. Topics in this series include: Chemistry in the Kitchen (Quarter 1), Chemistry in Action (Quarter 2), Chemistry at Home (Quarter 3), and Chemistry of Toys (Quarter 4).
|
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 22 | 2:00 pm | 2:55 pm | Fri | Chess for Teens: All-Level (Q3) | 8th-12th | Grand Master Babaev | 12 |
$186.00 $167.40 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Teens will enjoy the logic and challenge of the timeless strategy board game as they learn and play chess with classmates. This is a multi-level class open to Beginners, Advanced Beginners, or Intermediate Players. Instruction will be differentiated based on the make-up of the class, and teens will be placed in pairs or groups depending on experience. Each session will be with some time dedicated to a lesson and some time reserved for in-class matches that are monitored and supported by the coach. Beginners may play as a group against the instructor which is a low-pressure way to learn the game. Teens who are engrossed in their games may continue their play into Friday Teen Game Night. Learning and playing chess supports problem solving, decision making, critical and creative thinking, general cognitive ability, scholastic skills, and mathematical achievement (Univ. of Minnesota). Experts suggest that the game of chess teaches analytical and disciplined thinking skills, while raising self esteem, teaching motivation and determination, and sportsmanship (Kasparov Foundation). Credit: Homeschool families may wish to count this course as a component (partial) credit in logic/reasoning or and elective for purposes of a high school transcript.
|
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 21 | 11:00 am | 11:55 am | Thu | Chess- Advanced Beginner 3 (Thu) | 3rd-6th | Oladapo Adu | 12 |
$171.00 $153.90 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Two armies. One battlefield. Infinite possibilities. Across a checkered board, two mighty monarchies prepare for battle. In this legendary clash of kings and queens, which side will triumph in a test of wit, patience, perseverance, and strategy? Students will explore the logic and thrill of the timeless game of chess under the expert guidance of an International Chess Master. Whether you're a budding tactician or a curious beginner, prepare to sharpen your mind and rise to the challenge. In Advanced Beginning Chess, students will use the Explorers Level curriculum developed by Grandmaster Babaev for his GMChessPrep program. During Quarter 3, the focus will be on classic tactics, calculation, and pattern recognition. The class will be introduced to tactical themes and escapes including fork, pin, double attack with king, queen, and pawn, double check, and double checkmate. Students will learn classic mating patterns like Legall's Mate, Two Rooks on the 7th Rank, and Queen and Bishop Mate. Finally, students will practice tactical puzzles like Mate in 1, and Fork/Pin/Double Checkmate. The group will be introduced to computer play with limited pieces to boost creativity and problem solving strategies. Learning and playing chess promote problem solving, decision making, critical and creative thinking, general cognitive ability, scholastic skills, and mathematical achievement (Univ. of Minnesota). Experts suggest that the game of chess teaches analytical and disciplined thinking skills, while raising self esteem, teaching motivation and determination, and sportsmanship (Kasparov Foundation). Each class will be spent part on instruction and part on playing time in practice matches with classmates while the instructor gives tips and reminders. Compass chess students will be given access to GMChessPrep's online portal for virtual chess practice opportunities between classes. Also, students who are absent can request a make-up session during a regularly scheduled GMC online evening group class. Prerequisites: Beginner Chess |
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 20 | 11:00 am | 11:55 am | Wed | Chess- Advanced Beginner 3 (Wed) | 3rd-6th | Oladapo Adu | 12 |
$171.00 $153.90 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Two armies. One battlefield. Infinite possibilities. Across a checkered board, two mighty monarchies prepare for battle. In this legendary clash of kings and queens, which side will triumph in a test of wit, patience, perseverance, and strategy? Students will explore the logic and thrill of the timeless game of chess under the expert guidance of an International Chess Master. Whether you're a budding tactician or a curious beginner, prepare to sharpen your mind and rise to the challenge. In Advanced Beginning Chess, students will use the Explorers Level curriculum developed by Grandmaster Babaev for his GMChessPrep program. During Quarter 3, the focus will be on classic tactics, calculation, and pattern recognition. The class will be introduced to tactical themes and escapes including fork, pin, double attack with king, queen, and pawn, double check, and double checkmate. Students will learn classic mating patterns like Legall's Mate, Two Rooks on the 7th Rank, and Queen and Bishop Mate. Finally, students will practice tactical puzzles like Mate in 1, and Fork/Pin/Double Checkmate. The group will be introduced to computer play with limited pieces to boost creativity and problem solving strategies. Learning and playing chess promote problem solving, decision making, critical and creative thinking, general cognitive ability, scholastic skills, and mathematical achievement (Univ. of Minnesota). Experts suggest that the game of chess teaches analytical and disciplined thinking skills, while raising self esteem, teaching motivation and determination, and sportsmanship (Kasparov Foundation). Each class will be spent part on instruction and part on playing time in practice matches with classmates while the instructor gives tips and reminders. Compass chess students will be given access to GMChessPrep's online portal for virtual chess practice opportunities between classes. Also, students who are absent can request a make-up session during a regularly scheduled GMC online evening group class. Prerequisites: Beginner Chess |
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 21 | 10:00 am | 10:55 am | Thu | Chess- Advanced Intermediate 3 | 5th-8th | Oladapo Adu | 12 |
$171.00 $153.90 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Two armies. One battlefield. Infinite possibilities. Across a checkered board, two mighty monarchies prepare for battle. In this legendary clash of kings and queens, which side will triumph in a test of wit, patience, perseverance, and strategy? Students will explore the logic and thrill of the timeless game of chess under the expert guidance of an International Chess Master. Whether you're a budding tactician or a curious beginner, prepare to sharpen your mind and rise to the challenge. Advanced Intermediate Chess is for students with 3+ years experience playing chess and an interest in preparing for competitive play. Third quarter will focus on tactical dept, combination master, high-level calculations, complex tactics, and mental toughness. The group will practice specfic techniques such as, Mate in 4 and 5, Interference, Zwischenzug & Zugzwang situations, and Smothered mates in 3+ moves. The class will continue practicing strategies such as visualization without a board and 3-, 5-, and 7- ply calculations. They will be introduced to 25 more classical games focus on complex combinations and defense into counterattacks. Learning and playing chess promote problem solving, decision making, critical and creative thinking, general cognitive ability, scholastic skills, and mathematical achievement (Univ. of Minnesota). Experts suggest that the game of chess teaches analytical and disciplined thinking skills, while raising self esteem, teaching motivation and determination, and sportsmanship (Kasparov Foundation). Each class will be spent part on instruction and part on playing time in practice matches with classmates while the instructor gives tips and reminders. Compass chess students will be given access to GMChessPrep's online portal for virtual chess practice opportunities between classes. Also, students who are absent can request a make-up session during a regularly scheduled GMC online evening group class. Prerequisites: Intermediate Chess |
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 21 | 12:00 pm | 12:55 pm | Thu | Chess- Beginner 3 (Thu) | 2nd-5th | Oladapo Adu | 12 |
$171.00 $153.90 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Two armies. One battlefield. Infinite possibilities. Across a checkered board, two mighty monarchies prepare for battle. In this legendary clash of kings and queens, which side will triumph in a test of wit, patience, perseverance, and strategy? Students will explore the logic and thrill of the timeless game of chess under the expert guidance of an International Chess Master. Whether you're a budding tactician or a curious beginner, prepare to sharpen your mind and rise to the challenge. In Beginning Chess, students will use the Foundation Level curriculum developed by Grandmaster Babaev for his GMChessPrep program. During Quarter 3, the goal is to begin to understand checks, tactics, and board etiquette. Students will learn about check and three ways to escape- block, capture, and move. The class will learn the definitions, differences, and examples of checkmate and stalemate, and practice drills. They will also learn chess etiquette, game results (wins, draws), and chess notation. Learning and playing chess promote problem solving, decision making, critical and creative thinking, general cognitive ability, scholastic skills, and mathematical achievement (Univ. of Minnesota). Experts suggest that the game of chess teaches analytical and disciplined thinking skills, while raising self esteem, teaching motivation and determination, and sportsmanship (Kasparov Foundation). Each class will be spent part on instruction and part on playing time in practice matches with classmates while the instructor gives tips and reminders. Compass chess students will be given access to GMChessPrep's online portal for virtual chess practice opportunities between classes. Also, students who are absent can request a make-up session during a regularly scheduled GMC online evening group class.
|
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 20 | 10:00 am | 10:55 am | Wed | Chess- Beginner 3 (Wed) | 2nd-5th | Oladapo Adu | 12 |
$171.00 $153.90 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Two armies. One battlefield. Infinite possibilities. Across a checkered board, two mighty monarchies prepare for battle. In this legendary clash of kings and queens, which side will triumph in a test of wit, patience, perseverance, and strategy? Students will explore the logic and thrill of the timeless game of chess under the expert guidance of an International Chess Master. Whether you're a budding tactician or a curious beginner, prepare to sharpen your mind and rise to the challenge. In Beginning Chess, students will use the Foundation Level curriculum developed by Grandmaster Babaev for his GMChessPrep program. During Quarter 3, the goal is to begin to understand checks, tactics, and board etiquette. Students will learn about check and three ways to escape- block, capture, and move. The class will learn the definitions, differences, and examples of checkmate and stalemate, and practice drills. They will also learn chess etiquette, game results (wins, draws), and chess notation. Learning and playing chess promote problem solving, decision making, critical and creative thinking, general cognitive ability, scholastic skills, and mathematical achievement (Univ. of Minnesota). Experts suggest that the game of chess teaches analytical and disciplined thinking skills, while raising self esteem, teaching motivation and determination, and sportsmanship (Kasparov Foundation). Each class will be spent part on instruction and part on playing time in practice matches with classmates while the instructor gives tips and reminders. Compass chess students will be given access to GMChessPrep's online portal for virtual chess practice opportunities between classes. Also, students who are absent can request a make-up session during a regularly scheduled GMC online evening group class.
|
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 20 | 12:00 pm | 12:55 pm | Wed | Chess- Intermediate 3 | 4th-7th | Oladapo Adu | 12 |
$171.00 $153.90 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Two armies. One battlefield. Infinite possibilities. Across a checkered board, two mighty monarchies prepare for battle. In this legendary clash of kings and queens, which side will triumph in a test of wit, patience, perseverance, and strategy? Students will explore the logic and thrill of the timeless game of chess under the expert guidance of an International Chess Master. Whether you're a budding tactician or a curious beginner, prepare to sharpen your mind and rise to the challenge. In Intermediate Chess, students will use the Strategists Level curriculum developed by Grandmaster Babaev for his GMChessPrep program. During Quarter 3, the focus will be on pattern recognition, short games, and positional awareness. The group will learn about tactical combinations such as discovered check & mate, a discovered attack, a Mate in Two, and winning a piece in a tactical gain. Students will learn 30 short games including, strong openings, early middle game attacks, defenses and blunders, and special tactics on f7 and diagonal h5-e8. Learning and playing chess promote problem solving, decision making, critical and creative thinking, general cognitive ability, scholastic skills, and mathematical achievement (Univ. of Minnesota). Experts suggest that the game of chess teaches analytical and disciplined thinking skills, while raising self-esteem, teaching motivation and determination, and sportsmanship (Kasparov Foundation). Each class will be spent part on instruction and part on playing time in practice matches with classmates while the instructor gives tips and reminders. Compass chess students will be given access to GMChessPrep's online portal for virtual chess practice opportunities between classes. Also, students who are absent can request a make-up session during a regularly scheduled GMC online evening group class Prerequisites: Advanced Beginner Chess |
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 21 | 2:00 pm | 2:55 pm | Thu | Colorful Canvas for Kids: Multi-Media Painting | 2nd-4th | Natalia Malley | 10 |
$194.00 $174.60 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Ready to show your true colors? Grab a brush, dive into dazzling paints and let bold brushstrokes, brilliant blends, and boundless creativity spill across the canvas. In Colorful Canvas, every artist brings their imagination to life- one vibrant masterpiece at a time. Let your creativity run wild in this exciting multimedia art class as students combine painting with collage and a variety of materials to create artwork that goes beyond the flat surface. Artists will experiment with three-dimensional and relief techniques, layering materials to build texture, depth, and raised effects while learning how to construct, assemble, and enhance their work in creative ways. This class encourages imagination, creative risk-taking, and personal expression while strengthening core art skills. Students will complete several mixed media and dimensional projects on canvas boards and other substrates inspired by a variety of themes, including animals, landscapes, fantasy, still life, and abstract art, along with fun projects inspired by famous artists. There is a $20.00 supply fee due payable to the instructor on/before the first day of class. Topics in this series include: Tempera Painting (Quarter 1), Acrylic Painting (Quarter 2), Multimedia Painting (Quarter 3), and Watercolor Painting (Quarter 4).
|
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 21 | 1:00 pm | 1:55 pm | Thu | Colorful Canvas for Teens: Multi-Media Painting | 7th-8th | Natalia Malley | 10 |
$194.00 $174.60 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Ready to show your true colors? Grab a brush, dive into dazzling paints and let bold brushstrokes, brilliant blends, and boundless creativity spill across the canvas. In Colorful Canvas, every artist brings their imagination to life- one vibrant masterpiece at a time. Let your creativity run wild in this exciting multimedia art class as students combine painting with collage and a variety of materials to create artwork that goes beyond the flat surface. Artists will experiment with three-dimensional and relief techniques, layering materials to build texture, depth, and raised effects while learning how to construct, assemble, and enhance their work in creative ways. This class encourages imagination, creative risk-taking, and personal expression while strengthening core art skills. Students will complete several mixed media and dimensional projects on canvas boards and other substrates inspired by a variety of themes, including animals, landscapes, fantasy, still life, and abstract art, along with fun projects inspired by famous artists. There is a $20.00 supply fee due payable to the instructor on/before the first day of class. Topics in this series include: Tempera Painting (Quarter 1), Acrylic Painting (Quarter 2), Multimedia Painting (Quarter 3), and Watercolor Painting (Quarter 4).
|
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 21 | 12:00 pm | 12:55 pm | Thu | Colorful Canvas for Tweens: Multi-Media Painting | 5th-6th | Natalia Malley | 10 |
$194.00 $174.60 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Ready to show your true colors? Grab a brush, dive into dazzling paints and let bold brushstrokes, brilliant blends, and boundless creativity spill across the canvas. In Colorful Canvas, every artist brings their imagination to life- one vibrant masterpiece at a time. Let your creativity run wild in this exciting multimedia art class as students combine painting with collage and a variety of materials to create artwork that goes beyond the flat surface. Artists will experiment with three-dimensional and relief techniques, layering materials to build texture, depth, and raised effects while learning how to construct, assemble, and enhance their work in creative ways. This class encourages imagination, creative risk-taking, and personal expression while strengthening core art skills. Students will complete several mixed media and dimensional projects on canvas boards and other substrates inspired by a variety of themes, including animals, landscapes, fantasy, still life, and abstract art, along with fun projects inspired by famous artists. There is a $20.00 supply fee due payable to the instructor on/before the first day of class. Topics in this series include: Tempera Painting (Quarter 1), Acrylic Painting (Quarter 2), Multimedia Painting (Quarter 3), and Watercolor Painting (Quarter 4).
|
1 | |
| Qtr 4 | Mar 20 | 10:00 am | 10:55 am | Thu | Compass Kids' Chorus: All About 'Annie' | 3rd-5th | Alina Kirshon-Goldman | 8 | $204.00 |
Closed
|
Everyone can learn to sing! This quarter, children will sing well-known scores from the beloved Broadway musical featuring the aspirations and antics of orphan Annie. The group will learn classics like "Its the Hard Knock Life", "Tomorrow", and "Little Girls." The quarter's repertoire will include at least one group choral number. Students will work on other music as solos, duets, or small group numbers. This introduction to vocal development and performance includes posture, breathing, intonation, and the principles of blending vocal harmonies. Basic musical notation will be introduced as well as melodic and harmonic intervals. No previous musical experience is required- just the joy of singing! Singers will be expected to memorize pieces and participate in a showcase for parents at the end of the quarter. There is a $25.00 fee for sheet music due payable to Compass on the first day of class.
|
0 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 23 | 10:00 am | 10:55 am | Thu | Compass Kids' Chorus: Classic Disney | 3rd-5th | Alina Kirshon-Goldman | 8 | $219.00 |
Closed
|
Everyone can learn to sing! If you want to learn to sing like Belle, Ariel, Elsa, Aladdin, or even the Beast, this class is for you! Selections from this semester come from Hal Leonard's "Disney Collected Kids' Solos" with select hits from Beauty & the Beast, Cinderella, Lion King, Alice in Wonderland, Little Mermaid, Peter Pan, and more. The quarter's repertoire will include at least one group choral number. Students will work on other music as solos, duets, or small group numbers. This introduction to vocal development and performance includes posture, breathing, intonation, and the principles of blending vocal harmonies. Basic musical notation will be introduced as well as melodic and harmonic intervals. No previous musical experience is required- just the joy of singing! Singers will be expected to memorize pieces and participate in a showcase for parents at the end of the quarter. There is a $25.00 fee for sheet music due payable to Compass on the first day of class.
|
0 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 19 | 10:00 am | 10:55 am | Tue | Compass Kids' Chorus: Screen Sensations | 3rd-5th | Dr. Alina Kirshon-Goldman | 10 |
$245.00 $220.50 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Everyone can learn to sing! This quarter, children will sing songs from the silver screen such as "I Just Can't Wait to Be King" from The Lion King, The quarter's repertoire will include at least one group choral number. Students will work on other music as solos, duets, or small group numbers. This introduction to vocal development and performance includes posture, breathing, intonation, and the principles of blending vocal harmonies. Basic musical notation will be introduced as well as melodic and harmonic intervals. No previous musical experience is required- just the joy of singing! Singers will be expected to memorize pieces and participate in a showcase for parents at the end of the quarter. Topics in this series include: Broadway Beats (Quarter 1), Classic Chorals (Quarter 2), Screen Sensations (Quarter 3), and Hollywood Hits (Quarter 4).
|
1 | |
| Semester | Jan 18 | 10:00 am | 12:55 pm | Mon | Compass Kindergarten- Language Arts (Sem 2) | K | Danielle Mercadal | 10 |
$699.00 $629.10 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Can your child sit in a circle for story time? Line up for lunch? Take turns talking? This one-day, 3-hour (half-day) program is a "taste" of kindergarten for 5- year-olds. Start your child's week off right with "Mornings with Miss M" at Compass Kindergarten. Children will work in a small group with an experienced early elementary educator for this dynamic, play-based program that offers regular interaction and socialization. This fun, activity-based program will create rhythm and routine in a homeschooled kindergartner's week and give them a sense of community and a peer group. Children will practice routines and transitions as they move through the morning. Each session will include some simple structure such as a daily arrival song/greeting, circle time, story, snack time, activity, lunch, active game, and closing/goodbyes. Through games and activities, they will also practice key childhood social skills such as sharing, taking turns, and entering play with others. Academic basics such as the ABCs, days of the week, colors, shapes, and number sense will be integrated into activities involving fairy tales, nature and art. The teacher will provide ideas for parents to work on at home with their child during the week. Compass Kindergarten is offered in three weekly sessions: Monday, Wednesday, or Friday. Registration is stand-alone for each day so parents can register for one, two, or all three. While each kindergarten class will give children the opportunities for learning and playing in a social environment along with classroom routines, each of the three days will focus on a particular area of study and discovery of how each is connected. On Mondays, the focus will be on Language Arts where students will be exposed to folktales, seasonal stories, and classic favorites while also practicing some foundational language arts skills. The stories read in class will be used as inspiration to connect aspects of literacy such as comprehension, comparing similar/different, recalling sequences, and predicting outcomes. The Alphabet Book will be used as as "spine" to spark discussions on capital and lower case letter forms, initial letter sounds, blends, vowel sounds, rhyming words, and other pre-phonics skills. The language arts-themed kindergarten session is intended to enhance and clarify literacy skills being introduced at home, but is not a comprehensive reading curriculum. Readiness: Students must be age five (5) by the start of the program or have the teacher's approval for younger. To be successful in this program, entering kindergartners must be able to do the following preschool-level skills: (1) be able to separate from parents with little discomfort; (2) be able to sit and listen to a story or stay on a task for 10 minutes; (3) be able to follow simple, age-appropriate directions from the teacher or another adult; (4) be able to write and recognize his/her first name; (5) be able to hold and use crayons and scissors correctly; (6) be completely self sufficient in a public restroom (wiping, flushing, washing hands, etc.) Other Notes: Children should bring a bagged lunch and water bottle to each session. There is a $50.00 material fee for class consumables due payable to the teacher on the first day of class. Parents can choose to drop children off for this program (different than Compass's school-year policies for 55 minute classes.) Registration for this program is by 16-week semester. Parents who are shopping around or applying to alternate kindergarten programs should review the Compass withdrawal policy.
|
1 | |
| Semester | Jan 22 | 10:00 am | 12:55 pm | Fri | Compass Kindergarten- Science Sparks (Sem 2) | K | Danielle Mercadal | 10 |
$699.00 $629.10 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Can your child sit in a circle for story time? Line up for lunch? Take turns talking? This one-day, 3-hour (half-day) program is a "taste" of kindergarten for 5- year-olds. Start your child's week off right with "Mornings with Miss M" at Compass Kindergarten. Children will work in a small group with an experienced early elementary educator for this dynamic, play-based program that offers regular interaction and socialization. This fun, activity-based program will create rhythm and routine in a homeschooled kindergartner's week and give them a sense of community and a peer group. Children will practice routines and transitions as they move through the morning. Each session will include some simple structure such as a daily arrival song/greeting, circle time, story, snack time, activity, lunch, active game, and closing/goodbyes. Through games and activities, they will also practice key childhood social skills such as sharing, taking turns, and entering play with others. Academic basics such as the ABCs, days of the week, colors, shapes, and number sense will be integrated into activities involving fairy tales, nature and art. The teacher will provide ideas for parents to work on at home with their child during the week. Compass Kindergarten is offered in three weekly sessions: Monday, Wednesday, or Friday. Registration is stand-alone for each day so parents can register for one, two, or all three. While each kindergarten class will give children the opportunities for learning and playing in a social environment along with classroom routines, each of the three days will focus on a particular area of study and discovery of how each is connected. On Fridays, the focus will be on science and exploration of the natural world through stories, crafts, and observations both inside and outside the classroom. Themes include seasons, weather, local animals, and the five senses. As a bonus, Compass kindergarten students assist in carring for the Compass lab animals (1 gecko, 3 bearded dragnons, 1 fire-bellied toad, and 1 rat.) Readiness: Students must be age five (5) by the start of the program or have the teacher's approval for younger. To be successful in this program, entering kindergartners must be able to do the following preschool-level skills: (1) be able to separate from parents with little discomfort; (2) be able to sit and listen to a story or stay on a task for 10 minutes; (3) be able to follow simple, age-appropriate directions from the teacher or another adult; (4) be able to write and recognize his/her first name; (5) be able to hold and use crayons and scissors correctly; (6) be completely self sufficient in a public restroom (wiping, flushing, washing hands, etc.) Other Notes: Children should bring a bagged lunch and water bottle to each session. There is a $50.00 material fee for class consumables due payable to the teacher on the first day of class. Parents can choose to drop children off for this program (different than Compass's school-year policies for 55 minute classes.) Registration for this program is by 16-week semester. Parents who are shopping around or applying to alternate kindergarten programs should review the Compass withdrawal policy.
|
1 | |
| Semester | Jan 21 | 2:00 pm | 2:55 pm | Thu | Comprehension Connections: Critical Thinking Through Non Fiction | 7th-8th | Dr. Anneca Robinson | 12 |
$371.00 $333.90 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Middle school students will continue building their critical thinking skills with a focus on reading comprehension, research, and debate. Students will define and practice the skills of critical thinking: researching, sorting information for a variety of purposes, identifying underlying assumptions, defining terms, evaluating evidence, considering opposing points of view, and spotting classic logical fallacies. In this semester, students will present opinions and consider dilemmas and claims drawn from a wide range of topics including history, law, and contemporary issues. Students will learn to ask: Is this a good argument? Is it well constructed and convincing? They will discover how to break a whole concept into its component parts to formulate and build clear, compelling arguments. Students should expect to spend an average of two hours per week on reading and short written responses. Topics in this series include Critical Thinking Through Short Stories (Semester 1) and Critical Thinking Through Non-Fiction (Semester 2).
|
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 21 | 10:00 am | 10:55 am | Thu | Cooking for Kids: Winter Warm-Ups (THU) | 3rd-5th | Mylene Nyman | 8 |
$215.00 $193.50 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Kids will enjoy making delicious recipes and family favorites that feature a variety of fruits, vegetables, and fresh ingredients. Recipes are selected to be nutritious, fun, and simple to make. Each class will focus on a portion of a meal including appetizer, salad, soup, side dish, main dish, and dessert. The Compass chefs' culinary adventures will include:
Students will be eating what they make each week and bringing home the recipes and leftovers. These engaging cooking classes will get students excited about helping in the kitchen, experimenting, and trying new foods. Students will be exposed to healthy ingredients they may not regularly eat. They will learn important kitchen skills such as safety, sanitation, measuring, knife skills, and other tricks of the trade. Culinary vocabulary and terms are introduced each week, with no-pressure verbal review of those words the following week. Notes: Students with allergies to food ingredients or dietary restrictions cannot be accommodated in this class. Recipes may contain nuts, dairy, wheat, gluten, and eggs. All food supplies will be conventional, mass market ingredients. Specialty food preparations/certifications such as halal, kosher, and organic will not be used due to cost and sourcing logistics. Topics in this Series: Fall Fare with Flair (Quarter 1), Festive Fall Flavors (Quarter 2), Winter Warm-Ups (Quarter 3), Savory Spring Specialties (Quarter 4). Lab/Supply Fee: A class fee of $45.00 is due payable to the instructor via Zelle or Venmo on or before the first day of class. What to Wear: Students should wear clean clothes and have long hair tied back, braided, or secured under a bandana (male and female). Cooking Class Requirements: For more information and FAQs, see the Compass Cooking Classes webpage.
|
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 19 | 11:00 am | 11:55 am | Tue | Cooking for Kids: Winter Warm-Ups (TUE) | 5th-6th | Mylene Nyman | 8 |
$215.00 $193.50 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Kids will enjoy making delicious recipes and family favorites that feature a variety of fruits, vegetables, and fresh ingredients. Recipes are selected to be nutritious, fun, and simple to make. Each class will focus on a portion of a meal including appetizer, salad, soup, side dish, main dish, and dessert. The Compass chefs' culinary adventures will include:
Students will be eating what they make each week and bringing home the recipes and leftovers. These engaging cooking classes will get students excited about helping in the kitchen, experimenting, and trying new foods. Students will be exposed to healthy ingredients they may not regularly eat. They will learn important kitchen skills such as safety, sanitation, measuring, knife skills, and other tricks of the trade. Culinary vocabulary and terms are introduced each week, with no-pressure verbal review of those words the following week. Notes: Students with allergies to food ingredients or dietary restrictions cannot be accommodated in this class. Recipes may contain nuts, dairy, wheat, gluten, and eggs. All food supplies will be conventional, mass market ingredients. Specialty food preparations/certifications such as halal, kosher, and organic will not be used due to cost and sourcing logistics. Topics in this Series: Fall Fare with Flair (Quarter 1), Festive Fall Flavors (Quarter 2), Winter Warm-Ups (Quarter 3), Savory Spring Specialties (Quarter 4). Lab/Supply Fee: A class fee of $45.00 is due payable to the instructor via Zelle or Venmo on or before the first day of class. What to Wear: Students should wear clean clothes and have long hair tied back, braided, or secured under a bandana (male and female). Cooking Class Requirements: For more information and FAQs, see the Compass Cooking Classes webpage.
|
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 19 | 10:00 am | 10:55 am | Tue | Cooking for Little Kids: Warm-Ups (TUE) | 1st-3rd | Mylene Nyman | 6 |
$215.00 $193.50 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Little Kids will enjoy making delicious recipes and family favorites that feature a variety of fruits, vegetables, and fresh ingredients. Recipes are selected to be nutritious, fun, and simple to make. Each class will focus on a portion of a meal including appetizer, salad, soup, side dish, main dish, and dessert. The Compass chefs' culinary adventures will include:
Students will be eating what they make each week and bringing home the recipes and leftovers. These engaging cooking classes will get students excited about helping in the kitchen, experimenting, and trying new foods. Students will be exposed to healthy ingredients they may not regularly eat. They will learn important kitchen skills such as safety, sanitation, measuring, knife skills, and other tricks of the trade. Culinary vocabulary and terms are introduced each week, with no-pressure verbal review of those words the following week. Notes:(1) Students with allergies to food ingredients or dietary restrictions cannot be accommodated in this class. Recipes may contain nuts, dairy, wheat, gluten, and eggs. All food supplies will be conventional, mass market ingredients. Specialty food preparations/certifications such as halal, kosher, and organic will not be used due to cost and sourcing logistics. (2) Children must be minimum age 6 for this class and be able to listen to and follow instructions. Topics in this Series: Fall Fare with Flair (Quarter 1), Festive Fall Flavors (Quarter 2), Winter Warm-Ups (Quarter 3), Savory Spring Specialties (Quarter 4). Lab/Supply Fee: A class fee of $45.00 is due payable to the instructor via Zelle or Venmo on or before the first day of class. What to Wear: Students should wear clean clothes and have long hair tied back, braided, or secured under a bandana (male and female). Cooking Class Requirements: For more information and FAQs, see the Compass Cooking Classes webpage.
|
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 21 | 11:00 am | 11:55 am | Thu | Cooking for Little Kids: Winter Warm-Ups (THU) | 1st-3rd | Mylene Nyman | 6 |
$215.00 $193.50 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Little Kids will enjoy making delicious recipes and family favorites that feature a variety of fruits, vegetables, and fresh ingredients. Recipes are selected to be nutritious, fun, and simple to make. Each class will focus on a portion of a meal including appetizer, salad, soup, side dish, main dish, and dessert. The Compass chefs' culinary adventures will include:
Students will be eating what they make each week and bringing home the recipes and leftovers. These engaging cooking classes will get students excited about helping in the kitchen, experimenting, and trying new foods. Students will be exposed to healthy ingredients they may not regularly eat. They will learn important kitchen skills such as safety, sanitation, measuring, knife skills, and other tricks of the trade. Culinary vocabulary and terms are introduced each week, with no-pressure verbal review of those words the following week. Notes: (1) Students with allergies to food ingredients or dietary restrictions cannot be accommodated in this class. Recipes may contain nuts, dairy, wheat, gluten, and eggs. All food supplies will be conventional, mass market ingredients. Specialty food preparations/certifications such as halal, kosher, and organic will not be used due to cost and sourcing logistics .(2) Children must be minimum age 6 for this class and be able to listen to and follow instructions. Topics in this Series: Fall Fare with Flair (Quarter 1), Festive Fall Flavors (Quarter 2), Winter Warm-Ups (Quarter 3), Savory Spring Specialties (Quarter 4). Lab/Supply Fee: A class fee of $45.00 is due payable to the instructor via Zelle or Venmo on or before the first day of class. What to Wear: Students should wear clean clothes and have long hair tied back, braided, or secured under a bandana (male and female). Cooking Class Requirements: For more information and FAQs, see the Compass Cooking Classes webpage.
|
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 18 | 1:00 pm | 1:55 pm | Mon | Cooking for Teens: Winter Warm-Ups | 8th-12th | Mylene Nyman | 8 |
$215.00 $193.50 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Teens will enjoy making delicious recipes and family favorites that feature a variety of fruits, vegetables, and fresh ingredients. Recipes are selected to be nutritious, fun, and simple to make. Each class will focus on a portion of a meal including appetizer, salad, soup, side dish, main dish, and dessert. The Compass chefs' culinary adventures will include:
Students will be eating what they make each week and bringing home the recipes and leftovers. These engaging cooking classes will get students excited about helping in the kitchen, experimenting, and trying new foods. Students will be exposed to healthy ingredients they may not regularly eat. They will learn important kitchen skills such as safety, sanitation, measuring, knife skills, and other tricks of the trade. Culinary vocabulary and terms are introduced each week, with no-pressure verbal review of those words the following week. Notes: Students with allergies to food ingredients or dietary restrictions cannot be accommodated in this class. Recipes may contain nuts, dairy, wheat, gluten, and eggs. All food supplies will be conventional, mass market ingredients. Specialty food preparations/certifications such as halal, kosher, and organic will not be used due to cost and sourcing logistics. Topics in this Series: Fall Fare with Flair (Quarter 1), Festive Fall Flavors (Quarter 2), Winter Warm-Ups (Quarter 3), Savory Spring Specialties (Quarter 4). Lab/Supply Fee: A class fee of $45.00 is due payable to the instructor via Zelle or Venmo on or before the first day of class. What to Wear: Students should wear clean clothes and have long hair tied back, braided, or secured under a bandana (male and female). Cooking Class Requirements: For more information and FAQs, see the Compass Cooking Classes webpage.
|
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 21 | 12:00 pm | 12:55 pm | Thu | Cooking for Tweens: Winter Warm-Ups (THU) | 6th-8th | Mylene Nyman | 8 |
$215.00 $193.50 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Tweens will enjoy making delicious recipes and family favorites that feature a variety of fruits, vegetables, and fresh ingredients. Recipes are selected to be nutritious, fun, and simple to make. Each class will focus on a portion of a meal including appetizer, salad, soup, side dish, main dish, and dessert. The Compass chefs' culinary adventures will include:
Students will be eating what they make each week and bringing home the recipes and leftovers. These engaging cooking classes will get students excited about helping in the kitchen, experimenting, and trying new foods. Students will be exposed to healthy ingredients they may not regularly eat. They will learn important kitchen skills such as safety, sanitation, measuring, knife skills, and other tricks of the trade. Culinary vocabulary and terms are introduced each week, with no-pressure verbal review of those words the following week. Notes: Students with allergies to food ingredients or dietary restrictions cannot be accommodated in this class. Recipes may contain nuts, dairy, wheat, gluten, and eggs. All food supplies will be conventional, mass market ingredients. Specialty food preparations/certifications such as halal, kosher, and organic will not be used due to cost and sourcing logistics. Topics in this Series: Fall Fare with Flair (Quarter 1), Festive Fall Flavors (Quarter 2), Winter Warm-Ups (Quarter 3), Savory Spring Specialties (Quarter 4). Lab/Supply Fee: A class fee of $45.00 is due payable to the instructor via Zelle or Venmo on or before the first day of class. What to Wear: Students should wear clean clothes and have long hair tied back, braided, or secured under a bandana (male and female). Cooking Class Requirements: For more information and FAQs, see the Compass Cooking Classes webpage.
|
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 19 | 12:00 pm | 12:55 pm | Tue | Cooking for Tweens: Winter Warm-Ups (TUE) | 7th-8th | Mylene Nyman | 8 |
$215.00 $193.50 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Tweens will enjoy making delicious recipes and family favorites that feature a variety of fruits, vegetables, and fresh ingredients. Recipes are selected to be nutritious, fun, and simple to make. Each class will focus on a portion of a meal including appetizer, salad, soup, side dish, main dish, and dessert. The Compass chefs' culinary adventures will include:
Students will be eating what they make each week and bringing home the recipes and leftovers. These engaging cooking classes will get students excited about helping in the kitchen, experimenting, and trying new foods. Students will be exposed to healthy ingredients they may not regularly eat. They will learn important kitchen skills such as safety, sanitation, measuring, knife skills, and other tricks of the trade. Culinary vocabulary and terms are introduced each week, with no-pressure verbal review of those words the following week. Notes: Students with allergies to food ingredients or dietary restrictions cannot be accommodated in this class. Recipes may contain nuts, dairy, wheat, gluten, and eggs. All food supplies will be conventional, mass market ingredients. Specialty food preparations/certifications such as halal, kosher, and organic will not be used due to cost and sourcing logistics. Topics in this Series: Fall Fare with Flair (Quarter 1), Festive Fall Flavors (Quarter 2), Winter Warm-Ups (Quarter 3), Savory Spring Specialties (Quarter 4). Lab/Supply Fee: A class fee of $45.00 is due payable to the instructor via Zelle or Venmo on or before the first day of class. What to Wear: Students should wear clean clothes and have long hair tied back, braided, or secured under a bandana (male and female). Cooking Class Requirements: For more information and FAQs, see the Compass Cooking Classes webpage.
|
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 19 | 2:00 pm | 2:55 pm | Tue | Cover-to-Cover (MS Book Group): Dystopian (2PM) | 7th-8th | Sandy Brown | 12 |
$237.00 $213.30 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
In Cover-to-Cover, middle school-aged students will read renowned classics and award-winning young adult literature. This book discussion group will examine a different theme each quarter to introduce students to literary analysis. Students will read, examine, and compare two full-length novels that share similar themes through facilitated discussions and extension activities which encourage students to make personal connections to what is read. The group will evaluate themes, characters, setting, and writing style. Third quarter, students will study the genre of Dystopian Literature with The Lord of the Flies by William Golding and The Hunger Games by Suzanne Collins. Assigned chapters are expected to be read at home, either as read-aloud, individual silent reading, or listening to the unabridged audiobook. Students should come to class prepared to discuss the reading. Classroom discussions will emphasize the use of textual evidence when explaining thoughts and opinions. Students will be assigned creative, short assignments to enhance and demonstrate their understanding of each novel such as quote explications, thematic questions, or imagining a conversation between characters from different books. Topics in this Series: Science Fiction (Quarter 1); Animal Tales (Quarter 2); Dystopian (Quarter 3); and Mystery & Detective (Quarter 4). Textbook/Materials: The cost of new, mass market paperback editions are included in class tuition because students need clean copies for annotation and must be able to reference identical page numbering. Supply Fee: Included What to Bring: Students should bring the current novel, paper, pen or pencil and highlighter to class each week. Some students may wish to bring paper clips, adhesive flags or post-it notes for marking pages. Prerequisites: Reading at Grade Level |
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 20 | 10:00 am | 10:55 am | Wed | Cracking Codes, Cryptology for Kids: Sleuths | 3rd-4th | Becca Sticha | 10 |
$200.00 $180.00 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Students will learn the language of undercover agents in this children's cryptology class. Cryptology is the science of secret writing which uses math and logical reasoning to decode and create mystery alphabets. Each week, students will learn one or more ciphers and will practice using them to decode messages and write secret messages to each other! Student sleuths will continue their undercover operations with all-new codes such as the Atbash Cipher, Running Key Cipher, and Four-Square Cipher. Students will also learn about fingerprinting, a key clue to real sleuths solving crimes and will mix and test an invisible ink that can only be read under a black light. The quarter will culminate in a collaboration to crack a variety of codes to flee a classroom Escape Room which may include challenges such as coded letters, picture clues, mirror image writings, puzzling word searches, and cryptograms. Topics in the Series: Spies (Quarter 1), Secret Agents (Quarter 2), Sleuths (Quarter 3), and Superheroes (Quarter 4).
|
1 | |
| Qtr 4 | Mar 22 | 3:00 pm | 3:55 pm | Tue | Crafty Kids Club | 2nd-5th | Judith Harmon | 20 | $79.00 |
Closed
|
Crafty Kids Club is a weekly after-school meet-up for kids in grades 2-5. Kids will gather and socialize while completing a craft around a monthly theme. An experienced Compass arts instructor will facilitate the crafting each week. Projects are selected to showcase a variety of materials and crafting techniques and to promote creativity and imagination. Each month, a minimum of four projects will be included from among eight craft categories: wooden, wearables, simple sewing, painting, sculpting, paper, beading, and mixed media. Kids will enjoy the camaraderie of working alongside a group of friends in Crafty Kids Club, and parents will appreciate the break! Parent Notes: Winter/spring themes and example projects are: If a student misses a week, no problem! His/her supplies for the missed project will be bagged and sent home with instructions to complete it solo or with parents. Registration is for 16-weeks ($139) or 8-weeks ($79).
|
0 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 21 | 1:15 pm | 2:10 pm | Thu | Crafty Kids Club (Q3)- **MASKED** | 4th-7th | Judith Harmon | 10 |
$280.00 $252.00 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Crafty Kids Club is a weekly afternoon meet-up for COVID-Cautious kids of all ages. Kids gather and socialize while completing a craft encompassing a wide variety of materials and techniques such as: wooden, wearables, simple sewing, painting, sculpting, paper, beading, and mixed media. Kids will enjoy the camaraderie of working alongside a group of friends in Crafty Kids Club, and parents will appreciate the break! Parent Notes:
|
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 21 | 12:00 pm | 12:55 pm | Thu | Creative Chronicles: Once Upon a...Time Machine | 2nd-4th | Judith Harmon | 10 |
$161.00 $144.90 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Children are full of stories and bubbling over with big ideas! In this class, students will learn how to capture their creative vision into a simple story that they will write and illustrate. This quarter, our storytellers will imagine time machine travel. Will they spring forward to a far-flung, fantasy future or backward to behold bewildering bygones? Students will learn how to build a Story Arc through guided, weekly activities. They will discover the key elements to composing a story such as crafting characters, posing a problem, advancing the action, constructing the climax, and writing the resolution- through brainstorming questions like, "Who is in your story?", "Where does this take place?", "What does that look like?" and "What happened after ____?" Students should be able to read, write, and spell at the second grade level or higher for this class. Psst- don't tell your child, but this class helps lay the foundation in language arts for more advanced creative writing and composition. Pair this class with Acting: Kids Theater or Writing Wonders to further encourage communication and storytelling skills. The supply fee is included in the class tuition. Topics in this series: Great Race (Quarter 1), Mythical Mountain (Quarter 2), Time Machine (Quarter 3), and Fantastical Forest (Quarter 4).
|
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 21 | 3:00 pm | 3:55 pm | Thu | Creative Journaling Club (Q3) | 5th-8th | Sheila Anwari | 10 |
$140.00 $126.00 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Don't write poetry? Think you can't draw? Maybe not, but you may still want a creative way to record your thoughts, feelings, dreams, and ideas! Journaling is an ongoing process of discovery and exploration that allows one to be conscious of and connect with his/her own thoughts, emotions and ideas. It is a form of expression that supports both academic and personal growth. Creative journaling is not writing daily "Dear Diary" style entries on dated pages. Instead, students will explore various journaling methods, blending self-expression and self-discovery to guide them in learning new ways to problem-solve, achieve goals, and process emotions. Students will work with several writing techniques and a range of art media to develop a personal journal throughout the quarter and will have the opportunity to expand on it in subsequent quarters. Techniques such as freeform writing, black-out poetry, stream-of-consciousness writing, and creative list making will be explored, in addition to experimenting with a wide variety of layered techniques and mixed media with collage, photography, cardstock, book pages, art markers, stencils, tempera sticks, acrylic, paints, washi tape, and stickers. Weekly prompts will cover a range of topics such as gratitude, compassion, ambitions, choices, fear, self-care, and self-esteem as they relate to the students' personal lives and current events. Conversation around the prompts will complement the students' work in their individual journals. Topics in this Series: Journal work is done in an open studio environment that allows students to join in any quarter throughout the year. Lab/Supply Fee: A supply fee of $35.00 is due payable to the instructor on the first day of class. Fee covers art journal for student to use in class and shared class supplies (paints, inks, brushes, markers, collage materials, glue, washi tape, etc.) What to Wear: Students may wish to have an apron or old shirt to wear when working with paints.
|
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 21 | 10:00 am | 10:55 am | Thu | Digital Clubhouse: Young Animators | 1st-2nd | Black Rocket | 12 |
$213.00 $191.70 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Ready, set, animate! Students will bring their LEGOs and action figures to life as they create their own stop-motion movies. From building scenes to capturing each frame, young filmmakers will turn imagination into action-packed stories on screen. Digital Clubhouse is a computer lab environment in which students work through the Black Rocket curriculum under the direction of computer science coaches. The lab environment allows students to enroll at any quarter, fosters brand new coders, and encourages those with prior coding experience. All digital tools and software used in class are safe, locally installed educational editions accessed only by the student and not connected to any public platforms. The class tuition includes a student technology fee that covers the use of instructor-provided classroom laptops loaded with the required software, applications, and licenses. At the end of the class, students will receive access to Black Rocket's interactive learning platform to continue their coding journey at home. Topics in this Series: Young Game Designer (Quarter 1), Young Coders (Quarter 2), Young Animators (Quarter 3), Young Sound Mixers (Quarter 4)
|
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 21 | 2:00 pm | 2:55 pm | Thu | Digital Lab: Roblox Studio | 5th-6th | Black Rocket | 12 |
$213.00 $191.70 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Design it. Build it. Share it. Bring your ideas to life in Roblox Studio as you design 3D models, build interactive environments, and create original digital experiences. Digital Lab is a computer lab environment in which students work through the Black Rocket curriculum under the direction of computer science coaches. The lab environment allows students to enroll at any quarter, fosters brand new coders, and encourages those with prior coding experience. All digital tools and software used in class are safe, locally installed educational editions accessed only by the student and not connected to any public platforms. The class tuition includes a student technology fee that covers the use of instructor-provided classroom laptops loaded with the required software, applications, and licenses. At the end of the class, students will receive access to Black Rocket's interactive learning platform to continue their coding journey at home. Topics in this Series: Minecraft Designers (Quarter 1), Minecraft Coders (Quarter 2), Roblox Designers (Quarter 3), and Roblox Coders (Quarter 4).
|
1 | |
| Semester | Jan 21 | 11:00 am | 11:55 am | Thu | Digital Studio: 3D Game Garage | 7th-8th | Black Rocket | 12 |
$409.00 $368.10 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Level up your game design. Build in 3D. Take your skills to the next level using Unity, an industry-standard game development platform. Students will design immersive 3D worlds, build levels, and create engaging gameplay while learning how to use scripts and variables to bring their ideas to life. Digital Studio is a computer lab environment in which students work through the Black Rocket curriculum under the direction of computer science coaches. The lab environment allows students to enroll at any quarter, fosters brand new coders, and encourages those with prior coding experience. All digital tools and software used in class are safe, locally installed educational editions accessed only by the student and not connected to any public platforms. The class tuition includes a student technology fee that covers the use of instructor-provided classroom laptops loaded with the required software, applications, and licenses. At the end of the class, students will receive access to Black Rocket's interactive learning platform to continue their coding journey at home. Topics in this Series: App Attack (Semester 1) and 3d Game Garage (Semester 2)
|
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 21 | 1:00 pm | 1:55 pm | Thu | Digital Workshop: Roblox Designers | 3rd-4th | Black Rocket | 12 |
$213.00 $191.70 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Design it. Build it. Share it. Bring your ideas to life in Roblox Studio as you design 3D models, build interactive environments, and create original digital experiences. Digital Workshop is a computer lab environment in which students work through the Black Rocket curriculum under the direction of computer science coaches. The lab environment allows students to enroll at any quarter, fosters brand new coders, and encourages those with prior coding experience. All digital tools and software used in class are safe, locally installed educational editions accessed only by the student and not connected to any public platforms. The class tuition includes a student technology fee that covers the use of instructor-provided classroom laptops loaded with the required software, applications, and licenses. At the end of the class, students will receive access to Black Rocket's interactive learning platform to continue their coding journey at home. Topics in this Series: Minecraft Designers (Quarter 1), Minecraft Coders (Quarter 2), Roblox Designers (Quarter 3), and Roblox Coders (Quarter 4).
|
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 19 | 11:00 am | 11:55 am | Tue | Dinosaur Detectives: Cretaceous Creatures | 3rd-4th | Shea Megale | 10 |
$203.00 $182.70 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Meet Triceratops, Tyrannosaurus rex, and Velociraptor! Travel millions of years back in time to the Cretaceous period, home to some of the most iconic dinosaurs of all time. Third quarter, students will explore the rich and diverse world they lived in and discover how paleontologists piece together their history. Each class will include an engaging visual lesson and hands-on activities such as simulating an asteroid impact or building a Cretaceous garden of prehistoric plants. Students will complete their "field explorer" journal, creating a full bestiary from all three periods. There is a $25.00 supply fee payable to the instructor on/before the first day of class. Topics in this series include: Triassic Time Travel (Quarter 1), Jurassic Jam (Quarter 2), Cretaceous Creatures (Quarter 3), and Museum Makers (Quarter 4)
|
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 20 | 12:00 pm | 12:55 pm | Wed | Drawing for Fun: Fantastical Figures | 4th-5th | Pete Van Riper | 10 |
$169.00 $152.10 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Anyone can learn to draw! A professional artist will teach kids how to draw a variety of projects by breaking down complex forms and figures into simple shapes and giving them dimensions through shading, shadow, and textures. Projects will focus on fantasy and fictional subjects which are a great choice to keep beginning artists from becoming frustrated when their work does not look "the real thing." Third quarter, students will develop their drawing skills on projects featuring fantasy figures. Kids will enjoy projects with dragons, ogres, ghouls, aliens or elves where they can practice drawing techniques without the pressure of trying to replicate real life. The class will learn to draw simple costumes and props around their character to convey setting without drawing elaborate landscapes, and they will learn how to express thoughts and conversation through dialogue bubbles. This is not a "follow-the-leader" or copy/mimic art class, but rather a supportive environment where students are encouraged to create their own fantasy characters and scenarios. They will receive individual coaching and feedback to develop the characters that they dream up rather than trying to replicate well-known existing characters like DC, Marvel, Disney, or Looney Tunes. Young artists having fun playing off each other's ideas to draw outrageous imaginary characters and worlds. The instructor will often use prompts to get the ideas flowing and to encourage collaboration. The instructor has a class rule that illustrations must be rated "G" with no violence (guns, knives, blood/gore) and will often suggest alternatives such as battle with unexpected objects like baguettes or bananas! Students' practice illustrations and draft renderings will be drawn with regular #2 pencil in sketchbooks, but they are welcome to add color to their work with colored pencils or markers, if desired. There is an $18.00 material fee payable to the instructor on the first day for a sketchbook and shared classroom art supplies. Topics in this Series include: Comic Art and Characters (Quarter 1); Comics with a Cast of Characters (Quarter 2), Fantastical Figures (Quarter 3), and Playful Portraits (Quarter 4).
|
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 22 | 12:00 pm | 12:55 pm | Fri | Drawing Studio: Creating Narrative | 9th-12th | Pete Van Riper | 10 |
$169.00 $152.10 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Students will draw in a relaxed, informal studio setting, where they will learn the fundamentals of drawing along with the elements of art and principles of design. Most drawing projects are "student's own" where each artist selects their own subject to incorporate demonstrated techniques such as representing light and dark, creating texture and patterns, and shading to show dimension. Third quarter, students will learn "create narrative" and tell a story with their drawing through subject, placement, and composition. Over the course, students should progress to draw more carefully and more accurately and to represent more refined details in their drawings. The instructor will demonstrate various techniques by developing a sample drawing. Students may elect to follow the class sample or may apply the drawing skills to an entirely unique drawing. This class is suitable for beginners who have never drawn before and for intermediate art students who have worked with other media and are interested in exploring drawing. Drawing can provide a relaxing, needed break from rigorous academic classes and over-scheduled lives in a fun, supportive environment. Topics in this Series: Everyday Objects (Quarter 1), Portraits and Creative Caricatures (Quarter 2), Creating Narrative (Quarter 3), and Imitating Illustration Styles (Quarter 4). Workload: Work outside of class is optional for those who wish to practice their drawing techniques. Assessments: Individual feedback is given in class. Formal assessments will not be given. Lab/Supply Fee: A class fee of $18.00 is due payable to the instructor on the first day of class for a sketchbook, a pencil box with pencils of varying hardness, and an eraser. Returning drawing students do not need to pay a supply fee and are expected to replace their drawing supplies as needed, with similar or better quality. Credit: Homeschool families may wish to count this course as a component (partial) credit in Fine Arts for purposes of a high school transcript.
|
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 20 | 1:00 pm | 1:55 pm | Wed | Dynamic Dioramas: Prehistory- Cretaceous North & South America | 3rd-5th | Taliesin Knol | 10 |
$220.00 $198.00 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Which dinosaurs ruled at the height of the dinosaur age? Discover the Cretaceous world, from T. rex stalking the plains of North America to herds of Triceratops and other iconic giants. Explore changing continents, plant life, and predator-prey battles in the final chapter of the dinosaurs. Each student will create an individual diorama. Students will craft and hand-shape their scene on a 10" X 14" foam board using artistic, model-making techniques. They will customize their dioramas with landforms, landscape elements, and vegetation. Once individual projects are constructed, students will populate them with miniature figures and combine their dioramas alongside those of their classmates to create a larger terrain. Students will then compete in a pre-history-based survival strategy game. Each student will have at least one board and set of miniatures to take home with them. Course documents such as maps, game rules and all other instructional media will be available via a Google Drive link which will be emailed to parents. Students must be minimum age 8 to take this class. Topics in this series include: Ancient Seas (Quarter 1), Cretaceous North America and Asia (Quarter 2), Cretaceous South America and Africa (Quarter 3), Ice Age Giants (Quarter 4). There is a $25.00 materials fee payable to the instructor on the first day of class. Prerequisites: Minimum age 8 |
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 21 | 3:15 pm | 4:10 pm | Thu | Dynamic Dioramas: US History- Gettysburg (Civil War)- **MASKED** | 4th-7th | Taliesin Knol | 10 |
$358.00 $322.20 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Discover the turning point of the American Civil War at Gettysburg, from three days of thunderous battle to the moment that stopped the Confederate advance and changed the course of history. Using artistic model-making techniques, hand tools, and historical maps, students will create a 10 X 14 diorama board of a famous battle from American History. They will customize their dioramas with landforms, waterways, plant life, and paint and populate it with 1:72 scale invading armies and their adversaries for historical re-enactments. Once individual projects are constructed, students will combine their dioramas alongside those of their classmates to approximate a larger battlefield terrain. Students will spend the remainder of the quarter learning about the tactics and outcomes of the conquest while playing a table-top strategy game. Student strategists will use a custom historical wargaming rule system for moving troops and siege equipment. Along with their classmates, students will see how battles progressed and test different scenarios that might have occurred with different battlefield choices. Course documents such as maps, game rules and all other instructional media will be available via a Google Drive link which will be emailed to parents. Topics in this series include: Lexington & Concord (American Revolution)- Quarter 1; The Alamo (Mexican-American War)- Quarter 2; Gettysburg (Civil War)- Quarter 3; and The Battle of San Juan Hill (Spanish-American War)- Quarter 4. There is a $25.00 materials fee payable to the instructor on the first day of class. Prerequisites: Minimum age 8 |
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 19 | 12:00 pm | 12:55 pm | Tue | Dynamic Dioramas: US History- Gettysburg (Civil War)- TUE | 3rd-5th | Taliesin Knol | 10 |
$220.00 $198.00 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Discover the turning point of the American Civil War at Gettysburg, from three days of thunderous battle to the moment that stopped the Confederate advance and changed the course of history. Using artistic model-making techniques, hand tools, and historical maps, students will create a 10 X 14 diorama board of a famous battle from American History. They will customize their dioramas with landforms, waterways, plant life, and paint and populate it with 1:72 scale invading armies and their adversaries for historical re-enactments. Once individual projects are constructed, students will combine their dioramas alongside those of their classmates to approximate a larger battlefield terrain. Students will spend the remainder of the quarter learning about the tactics and outcomes of the conquest while playing a table-top strategy game. Student strategists will use a custom historical wargaming rule system for moving troops and siege equipment. Along with their classmates, students will see how battles progressed and test different scenarios that might have occurred with different battlefield choices. Course documents such as maps, game rules and all other instructional media will be available via a Google Drive link which will be emailed to parents. Topics in this series include: Lexington & Concord (American Revolution)- Quarter 1; The Alamo (Mexican-American War)- Quarter 2; Gettysburg (Civil War)- Quarter 3; and The Battle of San Juan Hill (Spanish-American War)- Quarter 4. There is a $25.00 materials fee payable to the instructor on the first day of class. Prerequisites: Minimum age 8 |
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 19 | 12:00 pm | 12:55 pm | Tue | Eco Scientist: Africa & Asia | 3rd-4th | Osk Huneycutt | 12 |
$196.00 $176.40 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Become a world-traveling eco adventurer and earth scientist without leaving Compass! Study the world's most exciting and diverse ecosystems and learn about the incredible biologic and geologic phenomena that shape them. Venture into caves and coasts, tundra and taiga, and forests and fjords. Each week, student scientists will begin by locating the fascinating features on a map before learning about these incredible habitats from the ground-up, starting with the geology of a place, then working their way through the climate, biome, flora, and fauna. Hands-on labs and in-class activities will reinforce regional and ecological diversity by examining rock types, classifying plants, observing insects, or modeling weather phenomena. This quarter's journey begins at the highest point on earth Mt. Everest. The class will journey through Asia and India and see how these land masses have changed over geologic time. Why are there elephants in India and Africa, but not in the Middle Eastern lands that connect them? Students will follow the elephant's trail through time and explore the African continent and the world s largest rift valleys where the earth is literally tearing apart! Topics in this Series: The Americas and Antarctica (Quarter 1); Northern Latitudes (Quarter 2); Africa & Asia (Quarter 3); and All About Islands (Quarter 4). Lab/Supply Fee: A class fee of $20.00 is due payable to the instructor on/before the first day of class.
|
1 | |
| Semester | Jan 21 | 12:00 pm | 1:25 pm | Mon | Electronic Music Production | 7th-12th | Eric Jao | 8 |
$530.00 $477.00 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Create a beat and make a track worth putting on repeat! Students will build on their music production skills using Soundtrap, with a focus on writing melodies, arranging music, and producing complete songs. Students will also explore different applications of music production through projects such as songwriting, composing music for video games, and creating radio commercials or podcasts. No prior experience is required. While this course is designed for students continuing from Electronic Music Production I, complete beginners are welcome. New students will learn the fundamentals of music production through introductory lessons and projects, while returning students work on more advanced material. Instruction and projects will be adapted to accommodate both groups, allowing students of different experience levels to learn and create alongside one another. Students do not need to play an instrument or be able to read music for this course. Instead, they need to have a love of music and the desire to create their own, original songs. In this 13-week course, students will learn the core skills of Electronic Music Production from industry professional, DJ, producer, and musician Eric Jao (aka DJ Enferno). Eric brings 30+ years of working in the music industry, including touring the world with Madonna and creating music for Linkin Park and Cirque Du Soleil. He's an Ableton Certified Trainer and the creator of the Electronic Music ELEMENTS curriculum, which he will teach in person at Compass. Meet your instructor here: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=n5en5nx5zag Workload: Students should expect to spend 1 or more hours per week outside of class. Assignments: Students will be encouraged to continue to work on their music at home. Assessments: Will not be given. What to Bring: Students should bring a laptop (Windows or Mac), tablet, or Chromebook and headphones to class each week. Non-Meeting Days: In addition to the scheduled days-off on the published Compass schedule, this 13-week class does not meet on 1/25/27, 3/29/27, or 4/19/27. Credit: Homeschool families may wish to count this course as a component partial credit in Fine Arts or Career Exploration for purposes of a high school transcript.
|
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 20 | 11:00 am | 11:55 am | Wed | Engineering Design & Build Lab- Mechanical | 6th-8th | Becca Sticha | 10 |
$194.00 $174.60 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Focus on the "E" in STEM- Engineering! Discover the everyday challenges we can solve through engineering in this hands-on, project-focused class! Students will tackle simulated challenges that span a variety of engineering disciplines and practice the three main steps of the engineering design process by asking, "What is the problem?", "What are possible solutions?" and, "How can I improve on the design?" Third quarter, the class will learn about the careers of Mechanical Engineers and their responsibility for designing, constructing, testing, and maintaining functional devices and machines from ships to appliances, turbines, and vehicles. Students will model mechanical engineering challenges with projects such as a mechanical claw, catapults, tetrahedral kits, pneumatic devices, and a contraption to rescue an animal who is stuck in a drain pipe. Students will work together to solve problems and brainstorm options given a variety of project materials. For each project, students will be challenged to adjust their designs, make modifications, re-design to optimize their creations, and retest performance. Basic building, measuring, data collection, and equations will be used to challenge all minds in engineering! There is a $25.00 supply fee due payable to the instructor on/before the start of class. Topics in this Series include: Electrical Lab (Quarter 1); Civil Lab (Quarter 2); Mechanical Lab (Quarter 3); and Green (Sustainable) Lab (Quarter 4).
|
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 19 | 1:00 pm | 1:55 pm | Tue,Fri | English 10- British Voices: Romanticism | 10th | Tanya Oswalt | 12 |
$408.00 $367.20 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
This British Literature course focuses on developing critical reading and writing skills through the study of both canonical and postcolonial texts written in English. Drawing from a range of genres, time periods, and geographical regions, students will encounter diverse voices and perspectives. Literature: Third quarter will explore the Romanticism movement in England through Frankenstein by Mary Shelley and other writings of the period. Writing Lab: An essential component of this course will be an in-class Writing Lab. Students in this class should have mastered the basics of academic writing, such as constructing a thesis statement, organizing their thoughts with effective topic sentences and transition statements. Students will learn to write critical response papers and a complete literary analysis essay including how to support their ideas with textual evidence, organize a logical argument, and cite sources in MLA format. Over the course of the year, students will develop familiarity with a variety of writing styles and forms including rhetorical analysis, literary analysis, critical response, close reading, opinion essay, and personal essay. Prerequisites: Students taking this class should have an understanding of the types of literature (from Intro to Genres). Students are expected to take an active role in discussion and complete all writing assignments. Topics in this Series: Anglo-Saxon (Quarter 1), Elizabethan (Quarter 2), Roamticism (Quarter 3), and Regency (Quarter 4). Class Meetings: There will be two weekly, in-person class meetings: Tuesdays and Fridays. Workload: Students should expect to spend 2-3 hours per week outside of class. Assignments: All assignments will be posted in a Google Classroom management site. Students will need their own gmail accounts to access Google Classroom. Assessments: Students' written assignments will be graded using a rubric and assigned points that the homeschool parent can use when assigning an overall class grade. Textbooks/Materials: Students will use clean, inexpensive copies of each novel for annotation and must be able to reference passages using consistent page numbers. Copies of the mass market paperback edition(s) is included in the class tuition. Supply Fee: Included What to Bring: Students should bring the current literature, paper, pen or pencil and highlighter to class each week. Some students may wish to bring paper clips, adhesive flags or post-it notes for marking passages/pages. Students should also bring a laptop to class one day per week for in-class writing. Credit: Homeschool families may wish to count this course as a partial credit (one quarter) or full credit (all four quarters) in English for purposes of a high school transcript. Prerequisites: Introduction to Genres or the Equivalent |
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 19 | 11:00 am | 11:55 am | Tue,Fri | English 11- American Perspectives: Voice & Identity | 11th | Dr. Myla Grier | 12 |
$410.00 $369.00 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
This American Literature course is designed to prepare students for college-level academic writing. Students will strengthen their critical reading and textual analysis skills by examining the concept of the American Dream and exploring what it means to be American through texts spanning the 18th century to the present. Throughout the course, students will read and respond in writing to both fiction and nonfiction works. Written assignments will emphasize rhetorical analysis, with a focus on subject, purpose, and audience. Literature: Third quarter will explore the themes of Voice and Identity in the Harlem Renaissance through Their Eyes Were Watching God by Zora Neale Hurston and other selections from the period. Writing Lab: An essential component of this course will be an in-class Writing Lab. Students in this class should have mastered the basics of academic writing, such as constructing a thesis statement, organizing their thoughts with effective topic sentences and transition statements. This class will strengthen students' textual analysis skills with an emphasis on rhetorical analysis- the study of how a text creates meaning. Over the course of the year, students will develop familiarity with a variety of writing styles and forms including rhetorical analysis, literary analysis, critical response, close reading, opinion essay, and personal essay. Prerequisites: Students taking this class should have an understanding of the types of literature (from Intro to Genres) and successful completion of British Literature (or equivalent). Students are expected to take an active role in discussion and complete all writing assignments. Topics in this Series: Freedoms & Foundations (Quarter 10), Promise & Illusion (Quarter 2), Voice & Identity (Quarter 3), and War & Memory (Quarter 4). Class Meetings: There will be two weekly, in-person class meetings: Tuesdays and Fridays. Workload: Students should expect to spend 2-3 hours per week outside of class. Assignments: All assignments will be posted in a Google Classroom management site. Students will need their own gmail accounts to access Google Classroom. Assessments: Students' written assignments will be graded using a rubric and assigned points that the homeschool parent can use when assigning an overall class grade. Textbooks/Materials: The cost of new, mass market paperback editions are included in class tuition because students need clean copies for annotation and must be able to reference identical page numbering. Supply Fee: Included What to Bring: Students should bring the current literature, paper, pen or pencil and highlighter to class each week. Some students may wish to bring paper clips, adhesive flags or post-it notes for marking passages/pages. Students should also bring a laptop to class one day per week for in-class writing. Credit: Homeschool families may wish to count this course as a partial credit (one quarter) or full credit (all four quarters) in English for purposes of a high school transcript. Prerequisites: British Literature or the Equivalent |
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 19 | 10:00 am | 10:55 am | Tue,Fri | English 12- World Literature: Conformity & Courage (AP or On-Level) | 12th | Dr. Myla Grier | 12 |
$410.00 $369.00 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
In this Senior English course, students will engage deeply with World Literature while developing advanced literary analysis skills. Students will read a diverse body of global literature to identify symbolism, imagery, recurring themes and to develop an understanding of the narrative perspectives used. Through these works, the class will also examine the cultural, social, and historical contexts that shaped literature across different regions and time periods. This course can be taken-on level or at the Advanced Placement (AP) level which will introduce college-level analytical writing and prepare the student for the AP Literature and Composition exam. AP students must also register for the Extended Coursework option. Literature: Third quarter will examine the theme of Conformity and Courage through works such as Jane Eyre by Charlotte Bronte and A Doll's House by Henrik Ibsen. Composition: An essential component of this course will be an in-class Writing Lab. Students in this class should have mastered the basics of academic writing, such as constructing a thesis statement, organizing their thoughts with effective topic sentences and transition statements. This class will strengthen students' textual analysis skills with an emphasis on rhetorical analysis- the study of how a text creates meaning. Over the course of the year, students will develop familiarity with a variety of writing styles and forms including rhetorical analysis, literary analysis, critical response, close reading, opinion essay, and personal essay. Topics in this Series: Fate & Free Will (Quarter 1), Culture & Conflict (Quater 2), Conformity & Courage (Quarter 3), Power & Prejudice (Quarter 4). Prerequisites: Successful completion of year-long coursework in British and American Literature or the equivalent. Class Meetings: There will be two weekly, in-person class meetings: Tuesdays and Fridays. Levels: Two levels meet together: On-Level and Advanced Placement (AP). AP requires additional reading, writing, and AP skills practice. All students register online for the same course. AP students are required to also register for the AP World Literature: Extended Coursework activity which covers differentiated assignments, additional instruction, and feedback on AP-style writing and test preparation. Once the course begins, students may move down a level (from AP to On-Level) at any time, but may not "bump up." Students taking the AP level may designate the course as SP on their transcript and add one quality point when calculating their GPA. Workload: On-level students should expect to spend 2-3 hours per week outside of class. AP students should expect to spend 4-5 hours per week. Assignments: All assignments will be posted in a Google Classroom management site. Students will need their own gmail accounts to access Google Classroom. Assessments: Students' written assignments will be graded using a rubric and assigned points that the homeschool parent can use when assigning an overall class grade. AP Testing: The AP English Literature and Composition exam fee (May 2027) is not included in tuition. Families are responsible for registering and paying for their student's AP exam at their local public high school by the end of October 2026. Textbooks/Materials: The cost of new, mass market paperback editions are included in class tuition because students need clean copies for annotation and must be able to reference identical page numbering. Supply Fee: Included What to Bring: Students should bring the current literature, paper, pen or pencil and highlighter to class each week. Some students may wish to bring paper clips, adhesive flags or post-it notes for marking passages/pages. Students should also bring a laptop to class one day per week for in-class writing. Credit: Homeschool families may wish to count this course as a partial credit (one quarter) or full credit (all four quarters) in English for purposes of a high school transcript. Prerequisites: American Literature or the Equivalent |
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 22 | 2:00 pm | 2:55 pm | Fri | English 9- Intro to Genres: The Play (2PM) | 9th | Tanya Oswalt | 10 |
$222.00 $199.80 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
In this introductory high school English workshop, students will be introduced to the concepts of literary genres and analytical writing. Each quarter, the class will examine one select work or genre. Students will learn to recognize figurative language, tone, subtext and diction, identify symbolism and imagery, and develop an awareness of narrative perspective and of the social-historical contexts in which these works were created. Third quarter will feature The Play Romeo and Juliet Folger Edition by Shakespeare. Composition: Students will also learn the fundamental components of academic writing, including how to construct a thesis statement that makes an argument, how to support their ideas effectively with textual evidence, how to organize an argument logically, and how to cite sources in MLA format. Some class periods will be dedicated Writing Lab session in which students write in-class in order to get on-the-spot support and feedback from the teacher. Students should bring laptops to these class sessions. Topics in this Series: The Novel (Quarter 1), Poetry (Quarter 2), The Play (Quarter 3), and The Epic (Quarter 4). Students who continue from one quarter to the next will receive priority registration. Prerequisites: Students should be able to read at grade level, and it is recommended that students have had a middle school writing class. Workload: Students should expect to spend 1-2 hours per week outside of class. Assignments: All assignments will be posted in a Google Classroom management site. Students will need their own gmail accounts to access Google Classroom. Assessments: Students' written assignments will be graded using a rubric and assigned points that the homeschool parent can use when assigning an overall class grade. Textbooks/Materials: Students will use clean, inexpensive copies of each novel for annotation and must be able to reference passages using consistent page numbers. Copies of the mass market paperback edition(s) is included in the class tuition. Supply Fee: Included Credit: Homeschool families may wish to count this course as a partial credit in English for purposes of a high school transcript. (Full credit if all 4 quarters are taken.) Prerequisites: Reading and Writing at Grade Level |
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 22 | 3:00 pm | 3:55 pm | Fri | English 9- Intro to Genres: The Play (3PM) | 9th | Tanya Oswalt | 10 |
$222.00 $199.80 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
In this introductory high school English workshop, students will be introduced to the concepts of literary genres and analytical writing. Each quarter, the class will examine one select work or genre. Students will learn to recognize figurative language, tone, subtext and diction, identify symbolism and imagery, and develop an awareness of narrative perspective and of the social-historical contexts in which these works were created. Third quarter will feature The Play Romeo and Juliet Folger Edition by Shakespeare. Composition: Students will also learn the fundamental components of academic writing, including how to construct a thesis statement that makes an argument, how to support their ideas effectively with textual evidence, how to organize an argument logically, and how to cite sources in MLA format. Some class periods will be dedicated Writing Lab session in which students write in-class in order to get on-the-spot support and feedback from the teacher. Students should bring laptops to these class sessions. Topics in this Series: The Novel (Quarter 1), Poetry (Quarter 2), The Play (Quarter 3), and The Epic (Quarter 4). Students who continue from one quarter to the next will receive priority registration. Prerequisites: Students should be able to read at grade level, and it is recommended that students have had a middle school writing class. Workload: Students should expect to spend 1-2 hours per week outside of class. Assignments: All assignments will be posted in a Google Classroom management site. Students will need their own gmail accounts to access Google Classroom. Assessments: Students' written assignments will be graded using a rubric and assigned points that the homeschool parent can use when assigning an overall class grade. Textbooks/Materials: Students will use clean, inexpensive copies of each novel for annotation and must be able to reference passages using consistent page numbers. Copies of the mass market paperback edition(s) is included in the class tuition. Supply Fee: Included Credit: Homeschool families may wish to count this course as a partial credit in English for purposes of a high school transcript. (Full credit if all 4 quarters are taken.) Prerequisites: Reading and Writing at Grade Level |
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 19 | 1:00 pm | 1:55 pm | Tue | Extra! Extra! Non-Fiction Newswriting (Q3) | 6th-12th | Shea Megale | 12 |
$203.00 $182.70 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Be part of a team! Join the Compass Collaborative newspaper staff. The staff is a mixed-age team with students from 6th to 12th grade. Students will learn about journalism and develop writing skills. They will craft effective articles, conduct interviews, and write reviews. Each quarter, writing assignments and responsibilities will be divided based on individual interests. Students will each contribute at least 2-3 items to the Collaborative edition each quarter including articles of their chosing (book critiques, movie reviews, field trip recommendations, short fiction, poetry, comics, jokes, tc) and assigned articles about happenings at Compass. While research and data collection will occur outside of class, a portion of staff meetings will be dedicated to writing and editing. The newspaper advisor will use these sessions to demonstrate what constitutes 'good' writing. All staff members will practice editing skills to improve grammar, punctuation, and overall clarity and accuracy in their writing. Students will be informally paired for peer review and feedback on their writing. All students register for the same class, and roles and responsibilities will be reviewed and delegated during the first meetings. Students should expect to work on assignments outside of class and will be expected to bring a laptop, notebook, and pen/pencil to each class meeting.
|
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 21 | 10:00 am | 10:55 am | Thu | Extreme Animal Kingdom: Remarkable Reptiles & Relatives (10AM) | 3rd-4th | Osk Huneycutt | 12 |
$196.00 $176.40 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Welcome to the Extreme Animal Kingdom, where the most incredible creatures on Earth push the limits of life itself! In this thrilling, hands-on exploration, students will encounter animals with jaw-dropping abilities and unbelievable adaptations. Some glow in the dark, lighting up the ocean depths like living lanterns, while others thrive in boiling, toxic waters near undersea volcanoes. Tiny organisms can freeze solid or dry out completely-then come back to life years later. Some animals can live without oxygen or regrow entire body parts, while others can change color in an instant or turn nearly invisible. Lightning-fast predators can run as fast as a car or punch with the speed of a bullet, while ingenious builders create intricate homes and traps. From animals smaller than a speck of dust to giants larger than a bus, students will discover how life survives, adapts, and thrives in the most extreme environments on Earth. Get ready to explore the strange, the surprising, and the truly wild! Slither, crawl, and snap into the fascinating world of reptiles and their relatives, the amphibians and the birds. Students will learn how these cold-blooded creatures survive in harsh environments using camouflage, venom, and unique adaptations. From sun-loving lizards to powerful crocodilians, this unit reveals the survival strategies of some of Earth's most ancient animals. Discover what makes these creatures both resilient and remarkable. opics in this Series: Microscopic & Marine Marvels (Quarter 1); Amazing Arthropods (Quarter 2); Remarkable Reptiles & Relatives (Quarter 3); Marvelous Mammals (Quarter 4). Lab/Supply Fee: A class fee of $20.00 is due payable to the instructor on/before the first day of class.
|
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 21 | 12:00 pm | 12:55 pm | Thu | Extreme Animal Kingdom: Remarkable Reptiles & Relatives (12PM) | 3rd-4th | Osk Huneycutt | 12 |
$196.00 $176.40 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Welcome to the Extreme Animal Kingdom, where the most incredible creatures on Earth push the limits of life itself! In this thrilling, hands-on exploration, students will encounter animals with jaw-dropping abilities and unbelievable adaptations. Some glow in the dark, lighting up the ocean depths like living lanterns, while others thrive in boiling, toxic waters near undersea volcanoes. Tiny organisms can freeze solid or dry out completely-then come back to life years later. Some animals can live without oxygen or regrow entire body parts, while others can change color in an instant or turn nearly invisible. Lightning-fast predators can run as fast as a car or punch with the speed of a bullet, while ingenious builders create intricate homes and traps. From animals smaller than a speck of dust to giants larger than a bus, students will discover how life survives, adapts, and thrives in the most extreme environments on Earth. Get ready to explore the strange, the surprising, and the truly wild! Slither, crawl, and snap into the fascinating world of reptiles and their relatives, the amphibians and the birds. Students will learn how these cold-blooded creatures survive in harsh environments using camouflage, venom, and unique adaptations. From sun-loving lizards to powerful crocodilians, this unit reveals the survival strategies of some of Earth's most ancient animals. Discover what makes these creatures both resilient and remarkable. opics in this Series: Microscopic & Marine Marvels (Quarter 1); Amazing Arthropods (Quarter 2); Remarkable Reptiles & Relatives (Quarter 3); Marvelous Mammals (Quarter 4). Lab/Supply Fee: A class fee of $20.00 is due payable to the instructor on/before the first day of class.
|
1 | |
| Semester | Jan 22 | 12:00 pm | 12:55 pm | Fri | Fashion History & Design: 1970s to Today | 9th-12th | Judith Harmon | 10 |
$310.00 $279.00 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Paris. Milan. Madrid. What's on the runways in 2027? Wide disco collars, chic trench coats, and layered skirts in simmering neons, crochet knits, and faux leather. Do you study the pages of Glamour, Vogue, Marie Claire, and wish to be involved in the world of trendy fashion? Perhaps you follow fashion influencers on Instagram. Or, do you enjoy the satisfaction of designing apparel yourself, your way? If so, this class is for you. Each week this course will cover two aspects: the history of fashion and fashion design. Fashion trends are often cyclical, and elements of style are reimagined every few decades. Students will seek inspiration for new designs and style remixes by learning about the history of fashion in eastern and western cultures for the last century. First semester, students will look at fashion trends by decade from 1900 through the 1960s. This semester will cover chapters 1 through 3 in the textbook. With inspiration from historical design trends, students will learn how to create fashion renderings, from initial concepts through a chic, coordinated collection. First semester, the class will learn about color theory, color psychology, and composing color palettes. They will learn to draw their designs by sketching a croquis (a quick, rough sketch of a garments on a proportioned figure.) Students will practice vision boarding and developing a story board. This class does not include sewing the fashions. Topics in this Series: Fashion History & Design 1900s-1960s (Semester 1), Fashion History & Design 1970s-Today (Semester 2). Prerequisites: None. Workload: Students should expect to spend 1-2 hours per week outside of class on reading assignments and completing design activities. Assignments: Projects and readings will be given out in class and will also be communicated via email. Assessments: Individual feedback is given in class. Formal assessments will not be given. Textbook: Students should purchase Fundamentals of Fashion Design, 3rd Edition, by Richard Sorger and Jenny Udale (ISBN# 978-1474270007) before the first class. Additional information will be distributed as handouts in class. Lab/Supply Fee: None. What to Bring: Images/sample photos, swatches, and other assigned materials. Credit: Homeschool families may wish to count this course as a component (partial) credit in Fine Arts or Career Education for purposes of a high school transcript.
|
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 21 | 2:00 pm | 2:55 pm | Thu | Fencing for Beginners & Advanced Beginners (Q3) | 5th-8th | Fencing Sports Academy | 12 |
$224.00 $201.60 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Fencing is the clashing of steel and competitive spirit combined with the battle of the wits. Apply the rules of Olympic fencing, and you have a physically and mentally challenging game of strategy, often called, "physical chess." In Beginning Fencing, students will learn the rules of the sport as well as footwork, attacks, parries, responses, and how to judge matches. Beginning students will use the epee, a thin, lightweight sword with broad hand guard and will wear a wireless electronic scoring sensor over layers of protective gear. Returning students will work with both the epee and foil. The physical benefits of fencing are an increase in agility, balance and coordination. Fencing also provides mental benefits such as improved focus, strategy and confidence. Fencing is safety-oriented with blunt tip weapons, chest protectors, chest/sleeve pads, fencing jacket, gloves, and face mask. Students may enroll any quarter. All equipment is provided by the instructor. Students are asked to wear full length, comfortable athletic pants such as running pants or sweatpants (no jeans, no shorts, no dresses or skirts), and low-heeled athletic shoes. Prerequisites: None |
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 21 | 1:00 pm | 1:55 pm | Thu | Fencing for Young Beginners (Q3) | 2nd-4th | Fencing Sports Academy | 12 |
$224.00 $201.60 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Fencing is the clashing of steel and competitive spirit combined with the battle of the wits. Apply the rules of Olympic fencing, and you have a physically and mentally challenging game of strategy, often called, "physical chess." In Beginning Fencing, students will learn the rules of the sport as well as footwork, attacks, parries, responses, and how to judge matches. Beginning students will use the epee, a thin, lightweight sword with broad hand guard and will wear a wireless electronic scoring sensor over layers of protective gear. Returning students will work with both the epee and foil. The physical benefits of fencing are an increase in agility, balance and coordination. Fencing also provides mental benefits such as improved focus, strategy and confidence. Fencing is safety-oriented with blunt tip weapons, chest protectors, chest/sleeve pads, fencing jacket, gloves, and face mask. Students may enroll any quarter. All equipment is provided by the instructor. Students are asked to wear full length, comfortable athletic pants such as running pants or sweatpants (no jeans, no shorts, no dresses or skirts), and low-heeled athletic shoes. Prerequisites: None |
1 | |
| Semester | Jan 18 | 2:00 pm | 3:25 pm | Mon | Filmmaking: Creative Studio | 9th-12th | Shea Megale | 12 |
$617.00 $555.30 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
From script to screen-bring your project to life! Building on the script(s) developed in the first semester, students will move into the full production process as they shoot and edit their own short films. Under the guidance of a local award-winning filmmaker and author, students will gain real experience on a film set, applying creative skills, and problem-solving on the go. This course is a creative studio that emphasizes the art of filmmaking and the design elements that bring stories to life on screen, including costumes, sets, and acting. Students will execute key roles within a film crew, such as director, director of photography, and production support positions, while learning how a set operates from start to finish. They will collaborate to plan scenes, organize shoots, and manage the logistics of production. Students will receive introductory exposure to camera techniques, lighting, and sound. Editing is a central component of the semester, as students use editing software to assemble footage, refine pacing, and produce a cohesive final product. The class emphasizes teamwork, visual mastery, and adapting to real-world production challenges. The semester culminates in the completion and presentation of a short film, created individually or in small groups, showcasing each student's work from production through final edit. For more in-depth instruction on the technical aspects of filmmaking, students are encouraged to enroll in the one of the companion technical filmmaking classes. Schedule & Expectations
Editing will take place during Weeks 12- 15. Barring any unforeseen issues, the course will conclude with a Red Carpet Premiere for families and friends at Compass on Monday, May 17 (Week 16) at 2:00 pm
|
1 | |
| Semester | Jan 18 | 10:00 am | 11:25 am | Mon | Filmmaking: Technical Production- Sound, Splice & Special Effects | 9th-12th | Juan Urista | 10 |
$571.00 $513.90 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Filmmaking demands more than creativity- it demands technical skills that bring your vision- or someone else's- to life on the screen. Semester two: turn raw footage into a finished film! Students will explore how editing, sound, and special effects bring a story to life. They practice capturing clear dialogue and location sound, then build atmosphere through sound effects, basic mixing, and sound design. Using timeline editing, students develop continuity, control pacing, and discover how the choice and timing of each cut can shape an actor's performance, build suspense, or change a scene's meaning. Collaborative projects introduce workflows for organizing footage, sharing creative decisions, and refining scenes, with finishing touches that transform individual shots into a cohesive movie. This semester-long course focuses on developing practical film production skills using accessible, everyday equipment. Students learn to work with smartphones, public domain software, and low-cost tools while building habits that mirror real-world production environments. The course emphasizes practice and discipline, requiring students to complete weekly production deliverables that demonstrate steady progress in sound, editing, and special effects Equipment: All students must have access to a smartphone with video capability, basic stabilization such as a tripod or handheld grip, an external microphone option, headphones for monitoring audio, a set of clip-on phone lenses, and a video-capable laptop. The total cost of required equipment is designed to remain under $100. Students are expected to bring required equipment to each class. Workload: Students are expected to complete and upload weekly deliverables. Students should expect 1 hour of filming homework per week. Assessments: Students will not receive a formal grade in this elective course, however, through in-class review sessions, they will receive ongoing feedback to apply to their work. Consistent effort, visible improvement, and professional conduct during filming are required throughout the course. Certificate Option: This course is one of several a student can complete to earn a Certificate in Film Production. Students seeking recognition through the certificate must submit a substantial portion of weekly production work, demonstrate consistent participation, and present a body of work that shows clear skill progression over time. Credit: Homeschool families may want to count this course as a partial credit in fie arts or career exploration on a homeschool transcript.
|
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 20 | 1:00 pm | 1:55 pm | Wed | French Foundations (Q3) | 5th-6th | Edwige Pinover | 10 |
$194.00 $174.60 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Bonjour! French Foundations is an introductory class for middle school-aged students. The class will be taught in a predominantly immersion environment. Limited cues in English will be used to prompt students or explain difficult concepts. French language instruction will be presented in a natural learning sequence beginning with nouns (such as colors, numbers, clothing, foods, animals, days/dates, etc), adjectives, greetings, and simple phrases. Students will learn beginning grammatical constructions such as noun-verb agreement, noun-adjective agreement, adjective placement, and the rules of regular verb conjugation. Students will be encouraged to speak aloud and converse with classmates, but also to learn to sound out, spell, and read beginning, written French. Aspects of Francophone culture such as holidays, foods, and traditions will be incorporated in the classes. Each quarter introduces new themes and new vocabulary in French, so continuing students can continue to build their language basics. However, themes and units are non-sequential, so students may enroll in this level in any quarter. The goal of this introductory course is to lay foundations in sounds, vocabulary, grammar, and usage while having fun and building confidence in a foreign language. Students should be at grade level in their reading. Fluency should not be expected at this level.
|
1 | |
| Semester | Jan 20 | 2:00 pm | 2:55 pm | Wed | French Fundamentals (Sem2) | 7th-8th | Edwige Pinover | 10 |
$388.00 $349.20 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Bonjour and get ready for a full year French Fundamentals! French Fundamentals is a year-long class whis covers that same content and uses the same textbook as high school French I. This level is for middle school-aged students who have taken at least two quarters of French Foundations with the instructor, but who are not yet ready to age up and attend Friday high school classes. The expectation is that middle school-aged Fundamentals students will be ready for high school French II the following school year. Registraton for Fundamentals is by semester. The corresponding French I description follows: French I is a conversation-focused program in which students will build their vocabulary quickly and learn essential grammar skills in French. Vocabulary will include numbers, time, dates, seasons, school, free time activities/hobbies, likes/dislikes, personal descriptions, family relationships, emotions, food/restaurants, and places/locations in town. There will be a strong emphasis on competency using regular and irregular present tense verbs and common grammar concepts such as articles, pronouns, adjectives, and comparative phrases. Class will be conducted primarily in French and will focus on listening and speaking skills, asking and answering questions, and correct use of grammar. At home, students will be responsible for memorizing vocabulary and grammar, completing homework assignments, and watching both grammar instruction and language immersion videos. Workload: Students should expect to spend 30-45 minutes per day, 4 days per week on homework outside of class. Assignments: Are sent by e-mail to parents and students. Students must have access to a computer and internet service for computer-based videos and practice tools that are assigned as homework and are essential to success in the class. Assessments: Quizzes, tests, and individual performance reviews will be given to all students at regular intervals to provide parents with sufficient feedback to assign a grade. Textbook: Students should purchase or rent the required textbook for this class: Bien Dit!: Student Edition Level 1 2013 (French Edition) (ISBN-13 978-0547871790)
|
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 20 | 12:00 pm | 12:55 pm | Wed | French with Friends (Q3) | 2nd-4th | Edwige Pinover | 8 |
$194.00 $174.60 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Salut! French with Friends is an introductory French class for elementary-aged students. The class will be taught in a predominantly immersion environment. Limited cues in English will be used to prompt students or explain difficult concepts. French language instruction will be presented in a natural learning sequence beginning with nouns (such as colors, numbers, clothing, foods, animals, family members, days/dates, etc), adjectives, beginning verbs, greetings, and simple phrases. Songs, games, stories, and hands-on activities will be used in class to review vocabulary and phrases. Emphasis will be on conversation, but students will be encouraged to learn to spell and sound out written French. Aspects of Francophone culture such as holidays, foods, and traditions will be incorporated in the classes. Each quarter introduces new themes and new vocabulary in French, so continuing students can continue to build their language basics. However, themes and units are non-sequential, so students may enroll in this level in any quarter. The goal of this introductory course is to lay foundations in sounds, vocabulary, and simple phrases while having fun and building confidence in a foreign language. Fluency should not be expected at this level.
|
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 21 | 10:00 am | 10:55 am | Thu | Fun Fit (PE) for Little Kids- Yellow (THU) | K-2nd | Iman Castaneda | 12 |
$171.00 $153.90 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Fun Fit PE encourages young elementary schoolers to move and play during the day! Kids will enjoy games such as flag tag, tug-of-war, soft dodge ball, relays, and silly obstacle courses with challenges such as crab crawl, log roll, or bunny hop. Activities will engage hand-eye coordination, gross motor skills and improve accuracy, endurance, speed, agility, and flexibility. Fun Fit PE is a fun, supportive, small-group experience with a dedicated coach where the emphasis is on doing one's best and individual improvement rather than competition or comparison with classmates. Equally as important, young athletes get to practice valuable life skills such as working with teammates, good sportsmanship, taking turns, cooperation, and communicating with the coach. All activities will take place on the thick mats of Compass's new physical fitness center. Children will play in socks or bare feet as shoes cannot be worn on the mats. They should wear loose, comfortable clothing and bring a reusable water bottle. The color name in the class title refers to the collectable token students will earn each quarter they take the class. Collect all 8! Children may enroll in Fun Fit PE at any time, regardless of the color name No one color is a prerequisite for any other color, and tokens can be earned in any order.
|
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 19 | 1:00 pm | 1:55 pm | Tue | Fun Fit (PE) for Little Kids- Yellow (TUE) | K-2nd | Iman Castaneda | 12 |
$171.00 $153.90 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Fun Fit PE encourages young elementary schoolers to move and play during the day! Kids will enjoy games such as flag tag, tug-of-war, soft dodge ball, relays, and silly obstacle courses with challenges such as crab crawl, log roll, or bunny hop. Activities will engage hand-eye coordination, gross motor skills and improve accuracy, endurance, speed, agility, and flexibility. Fun Fit PE is a fun, supportive, small-group experience with a dedicated coach where the emphasis is on doing one's best and individual improvement rather than competition or comparison with classmates. Equally as important, young athletes get to practice valuable life skills such as working with teammates, good sportsmanship, taking turns, cooperation, and communicating with the coach. All activities will take place on the thick mats of Compass's new physical fitness center. Children will play in socks or bare feet as shoes cannot be worn on the mats. They should wear loose, comfortable clothing and bring a reusable water bottle. The color name in the class title refers to the collectable token students will earn each quarter they take the class. Collect all 8! Children may enroll in Fun Fit PE at any time, regardless of the color name No one color is a prerequisite for any other color, and tokens can be earned in any order.
|
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 21 | 11:00 am | 11:55 am | Thu | Fun with Physics: Mighty Motion & Energy | 1st-2nd | Osk Huneycutt | 10 |
$196.00 $176.40 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Welcome to Fun with Physics, where the world around you comes alive! Physics is happening everywhere- when you push a swing, roll a ball, or watch something fall. In this hands-on class, students will explore how things move, what makes them stop, and how energy is all around us. Get ready to experiment, explore, and discover the science you can see, feel, and play with every day! Third quarter our young scientists will investigate how and why things move by exploring forces, motion, light, sound, and different forms of energy. They will learn about friction, balance, and how energy can change forms. Sample projects include building ramps and testing motion, exploring reflection with mirrors, and creating simple sound and light experiments. Topics in this Series: Messy Matter & Mixtures (Quarter 1); Squishy Science & Solids (Quarter 2); Mighty Motion & Energy (Quarter 3); Wacky Waves & Wonders (Quarter 4). Lab/Supply Fee: A class fee of $20.00 is due payable to the instructor on/before the first day of class.
|
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 19 | 12:00 pm | 12:55 pm | Tue | FUNctional Fitness and Cross-Training (PE) for Kids: Yellow (TUE) | 3rd-5th | Iman Castaneda | 12 | $171.00 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
FUNctional Fitness is a dynamic PE program for that incorporates well-rounded exercises to get tweens up and moving mid-day! No two workouts are the same, but each day's activities incorporate exercises that target 10 areas: cardio-vascular endurance, stamina, strength, flexibility, power, speed, coordination, agility, balance, and accuracy. FUNctional Fitness focuses on functional movements that are fundamental to all aspects of play and exercise- pulling, pushing, running, throwing, climbing, lifting, and jumping. Work-outs are scalable and adaptable to different individual's own level, and the emphasis is on fun, safety, and personal accomplishment rather than competition among classmates. When the weather permits, some exercises may be taken outdoors. The physical challenges of FUNctional Fitness will foster self-confidence, focus, and help instill a foundation for a lifetime of fitness. The color name in the class title refers to the collectable token students will earn each quarter they take the class. Collect all 8! Students may enroll in FUNctional Fitness at any time, regardless of the color name No one color is a prerequisite for any other color, and tokens can be earned in any order. All equipment is furnished. Students are asked to wear loose, comfortable clothing, such as running pants or sweatpants, and comfortable, supportive athletic shoes. FUNctional Fitness continues each quarter, and students may repeat the class to continue to improve fitness. No two workouts are the same!
|
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 21 | 11:00 am | 11:55 am | Thu | FUNctional Fitness and Cross-Training (PE) for Kids: Yellow (TUE) | 3rd-5th | Iman Castaneda | 12 |
$171.00 $153.90 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
FUNctional Fitness is a dynamic PE program for that incorporates well-rounded exercises to get kids up and moving mid-day! No two workouts are the same, but each day's activities incorporate exercises that target 10 areas: cardio-vascular endurance, stamina, strength, flexibility, power, speed, coordination, agility, balance, and accuracy. FUNctional Fitness focuses on functional movements that are fundamental to all aspects of play and exercise- pulling, pushing, running, throwing, climbing, lifting, and jumping. Work-outs are scalable and adaptable to different individual's own level, and the emphasis is on fun, safety, and personal accomplishment rather than competition among classmates. When the weather permits, some exercises may be taken outdoors. The physical challenges of FUNctional Fitness will foster self-confidence, focus, and help instill a foundation for a lifetime of fitness. The color name in the class title refers to the collectable token students will earn each quarter they take the class. Collect all 8! Students may enroll in FUNctional Fitness at any time, regardless of the color name No one color is a prerequisite for any other color, and tokens can be earned in any order. All equipment is furnished. Students are asked to wear loose, comfortable clothing, such as running pants or sweatpants, and comfortable, supportive athletic shoes. FUNctional Fitness continues each quarter, and students may repeat the class to continue to improve fitness. No two workouts are the same!
|
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 18 | 12:00 pm | 12:55 pm | Mon | FUNctional Fitness and Cross-Training (PE) for Tweens: Yellow (MON 12PM) | 6th-8th | Donny Smith | 12 |
$171.00 $153.90 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
FUNctional Fitness is a dynamic PE program for that incorporates well-rounded exercises to get tweens up and moving mid-day! No two workouts are the same, but each day's activities incorporate exercises that target 10 areas: cardio-vascular endurance, stamina, strength, flexibility, power, speed, coordination, agility, balance, and accuracy. FUNctional Fitness focuses on functional movements that are fundamental to all aspects of play and exercise- pulling, pushing, running, throwing, climbing, lifting, and jumping. Work-outs are scalable and adaptable to different individual's own level, and the emphasis is on fun, safety, and personal accomplishment rather than competition among classmates. When the weather permits, some exercises may be taken outdoors. The physical challenges of FUNctional Fitness will foster self-confidence, focus, and help instill a foundation for a lifetime of fitness. The color name in the class title refers to the collectable token students will earn each quarter they take the class. Collect all 8! Students may enroll in FUNctional Fitness at any time, regardless of the color name No one color is a prerequisite for any other color, and tokens can be earned in any order. All equipment is furnished. Students are asked to wear loose, comfortable clothing, such as running pants or sweatpants, and comfortable, supportive athletic shoes. FUNctional Fitness continues each quarter, and students may repeat the class to continue to improve fitness. No two workouts are the same!
|
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 18 | 12:00 pm | 12:55 pm | Mon | FUNctional Fitness and Cross-Training (PE) for Tweens: Yellow (MON 12PM) | 6th-8th | Donny Smith | 12 |
$171.00 $153.90 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
FUNctional Fitness is a dynamic PE program for that incorporates well-rounded exercises to get tweens up and moving mid-day! No two workouts are the same, but each day's activities incorporate exercises that target 10 areas: cardio-vascular endurance, stamina, strength, flexibility, power, speed, coordination, agility, balance, and accuracy. FUNctional Fitness focuses on functional movements that are fundamental to all aspects of play and exercise- pulling, pushing, running, throwing, climbing, lifting, and jumping. Work-outs are scalable and adaptable to different individual's own level, and the emphasis is on fun, safety, and personal accomplishment rather than competition among classmates. When the weather permits, some exercises may be taken outdoors. The physical challenges of FUNctional Fitness will foster self-confidence, focus, and help instill a foundation for a lifetime of fitness. The color name in the class title refers to the collectable token students will earn each quarter they take the class. Collect all 8! Students may enroll in FUNctional Fitness at any time, regardless of the color name No one color is a prerequisite for any other color, and tokens can be earned in any order. All equipment is furnished. Students are asked to wear loose, comfortable clothing, such as running pants or sweatpants, and comfortable, supportive athletic shoes. FUNctional Fitness continues each quarter, and students may repeat the class to continue to improve fitness. No two workouts are the same!
|
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 21 | 12:00 pm | 12:55 pm | Thu | FUNctional Fitness and Cross-Training (PE) for Tweens: Yellow (TUE) | 6th-8th | Iman Castaneda | 12 |
$171.00 $153.90 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
FUNctional Fitness is a dynamic PE program for that incorporates well-rounded exercises to get tweens up and moving mid-day! No two workouts are the same, but each day's activities incorporate exercises that target 10 areas: cardio-vascular endurance, stamina, strength, flexibility, power, speed, coordination, agility, balance, and accuracy. FUNctional Fitness focuses on functional movements that are fundamental to all aspects of play and exercise- pulling, pushing, running, throwing, climbing, lifting, and jumping. Work-outs are scalable and adaptable to different individual's own level, and the emphasis is on fun, safety, and personal accomplishment rather than competition among classmates. When the weather permits, some exercises may be taken outdoors. The physical challenges of FUNctional Fitness will foster self-confidence, focus, and help instill a foundation for a lifetime of fitness. The color name in the class title refers to the collectable token students will earn each quarter they take the class. Collect all 8! Students may enroll in FUNctional Fitness at any time, regardless of the color name No one color is a prerequisite for any other color, and tokens can be earned in any order. All equipment is furnished. Students are asked to wear loose, comfortable clothing, such as running pants or sweatpants, and comfortable, supportive athletic shoes. FUNctional Fitness continues each quarter, and students may repeat the class to continue to improve fitness. No two workouts are the same!
|
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 19 | 11:00 am | 11:55 am | Tue | FUNctional Fitness and Cross-Training (PE) for Tweens: Yellow (TUE- 11AM) | 6th-8th | Iman Castaneda | 12 |
$171.00 $153.90 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
FUNctional Fitness is a dynamic PE program for that incorporates well-rounded exercises to get tweens up and moving mid-day! No two workouts are the same, but each day's activities incorporate exercises that target 10 areas: cardio-vascular endurance, stamina, strength, flexibility, power, speed, coordination, agility, balance, and accuracy. FUNctional Fitness focuses on functional movements that are fundamental to all aspects of play and exercise- pulling, pushing, running, throwing, climbing, lifting, and jumping. Work-outs are scalable and adaptable to different individual's own level, and the emphasis is on fun, safety, and personal accomplishment rather than competition among classmates. When the weather permits, some exercises may be taken outdoors. The physical challenges of FUNctional Fitness will foster self-confidence, focus, and help instill a foundation for a lifetime of fitness. The color name in the class title refers to the collectable token students will earn each quarter they take the class. Collect all 8! Students may enroll in FUNctional Fitness at any time, regardless of the color name No one color is a prerequisite for any other color, and tokens can be earned in any order. All equipment is furnished. Students are asked to wear loose, comfortable clothing, such as running pants or sweatpants, and comfortable, supportive athletic shoes. FUNctional Fitness continues each quarter, and students may repeat the class to continue to improve fitness. No two workouts are the same!
|
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 19 | 2:00 pm | 2:55 pm | Tue | FUNctional Fitness and Cross-Training (PE) for Tweens: Yellow (TUE- 2PM) | 6th-8th | Iman Castaneda | 12 |
$171.00 $153.90 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
FUNctional Fitness is a dynamic PE program for that incorporates well-rounded exercises to get tweens up and moving mid-day! No two workouts are the same, but each day's activities incorporate exercises that target 10 areas: cardio-vascular endurance, stamina, strength, flexibility, power, speed, coordination, agility, balance, and accuracy. FUNctional Fitness focuses on functional movements that are fundamental to all aspects of play and exercise- pulling, pushing, running, throwing, climbing, lifting, and jumping. Work-outs are scalable and adaptable to different individual's own level, and the emphasis is on fun, safety, and personal accomplishment rather than competition among classmates. When the weather permits, some exercises may be taken outdoors. The physical challenges of FUNctional Fitness will foster self-confidence, focus, and help instill a foundation for a lifetime of fitness. The color name in the class title refers to the collectable token students will earn each quarter they take the class. Collect all 8! Students may enroll in FUNctional Fitness at any time, regardless of the color name No one color is a prerequisite for any other color, and tokens can be earned in any order. All equipment is furnished. Students are asked to wear loose, comfortable clothing, such as running pants or sweatpants, and comfortable, supportive athletic shoes. FUNctional Fitness continues each quarter, and students may repeat the class to continue to improve fitness. No two workouts are the same!
|
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 20 | 1:00 pm | 1:55 pm | Wed | FUNctional Fitness and Cross-Training (PE) for Tweens: Yellow (WED 1PM) | 6th-8th | Donny Smith | 12 |
$171.00 $153.90 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
FUNctional Fitness is a dynamic PE program for that incorporates well-rounded exercises to get tweens up and moving mid-day! No two workouts are the same, but each day's activities incorporate exercises that target 10 areas: cardio-vascular endurance, stamina, strength, flexibility, power, speed, coordination, agility, balance, and accuracy. FUNctional Fitness focuses on functional movements that are fundamental to all aspects of play and exercise- pulling, pushing, running, throwing, climbing, lifting, and jumping. Work-outs are scalable and adaptable to different individual's own level, and the emphasis is on fun, safety, and personal accomplishment rather than competition among classmates. When the weather permits, some exercises may be taken outdoors. The physical challenges of FUNctional Fitness will foster self-confidence, focus, and help instill a foundation for a lifetime of fitness. The color name in the class title refers to the collectable token students will earn each quarter they take the class. Collect all 8! Students may enroll in FUNctional Fitness at any time, regardless of the color name No one color is a prerequisite for any other color, and tokens can be earned in any order. All equipment is furnished. Students are asked to wear loose, comfortable clothing, such as running pants or sweatpants, and comfortable, supportive athletic shoes. FUNctional Fitness continues each quarter, and students may repeat the class to continue to improve fitness. No two workouts are the same!
|
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 19 | 1:00 pm | 1:55 pm | Tue | Geo Detective: What a Disaster! (Volcanoes, Tsunamis, Earthquakes) | 1st-2nd | Osk Huneycutt | 10 |
$196.00 $176.40 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Geo-Detectives discover the many mysteries of Earth Science. From large scale disasters that come from inside the planet to microscopic contaminants in the water and soil, Geo-Detectives look high and low to understand the forces, systems, and cycles that continue to shape the Earth, its climates and ecosystems. Geo-Detectives will explore concepts as diverse as fossils to fault lines, ozone to ocean trenches, and trade winds to tundra. Hands-on labs and in-class activities will reinforce geological phenomena such as examining fossils, classifying rocks, reading the seismographic charts, or modeling the water cycle. Third quarter, students will examine natural disasters that come from activity in the earth's layers such as volcanoes, tsunamis, and earthquakes. The class will study the geological forces that shape our planet by tracing the paths of naturral disasters. What do these occurrences tell us about tectonic plate theory? Students will learn about subduction and spreading zones and different types of earthquake faults. They will learn about evidence that support the theory of plate tectonics, such as fossils and discover how the sizes, shapes and positions of land masses and oceans have changed through our planet's history. Finally, they will learn about several ecological disasters. Topics in this Series: Between A Rock & A Hard Place! -Geology (Quarter 1); When It Rains, It Pours! -Wacky Weather (Quarter 2); What a Disaster! Volcanoes, Tsunamis & Earthquakes (Quarter 3); and What Goes Around Comes Around!- Cycles & Seasons (Quarter 4). Lab/Supply Fee: A class fee of $20.00 is due payable to the instructor on/before the first day of class.
|
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 19 | 12:00 pm | 12:55 pm | Tue | Get to Know Government: Checks & Balances (3 Branches) | 7th-8th | Shea Megale | 12 |
$209.00 $188.10 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Who really has the power? Can a president actually get fired? Who gets the final say on the laws? Students will explore the structure and function of the legislative, executive, and judicial branches through engaging discussion, media, and activities. They will examine the powers and responsibilities of each branch, study notable leaders and landmark Supreme Court cases, and learn how checks and balances shape decision-making. Students will also identify their own representatives and consider how elections work. Students will continue their work within the mock government, applying what they learn about the three branches through elections, roles, and decision-making within the classroom simulation.
|
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 20 | 10:00 am | 10:55 am | Wed | Global Gourmet for Kids (3rd/4th): Chinese | 3rd-4th | Mylene Nyman | 8 |
$215.00 $193.50 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Compass cooks will enjoy a culinary tour of the world with Global Gourmet classes! Menus feature a variety of fruits, vegetables, and fresh ingredients seasoned and prepared to represent regional flavors and traditional dishes from the featured country. Recipes are selected to be nutritious, fun, and simple to make. The Compass chefs' gastronomy adventures will include a trip to China with:
Students will be eating what they make each week and bringing home the recipes and leftovers. These engaging cooking classes will get students excited about helping in the kitchen, experimenting, and trying new foods. Students will be exposed to healthy ingredients they may not regularly eat. They will learn important kitchen skills such as safety, sanitation, measuring, knife skills, and other tricks of the trade. Culinary vocabulary and terms are introduced each week, with no-pressure verbal review of those words the following week. Notes: Students with allergies to food ingredients or dietary restrictions cannot be accommodated in this class. Recipes may contain nuts, dairy, wheat, gluten, and eggs. All food supplies will be conventional, mass market ingredients. Specialty food preparations/certifications such as halal, kosher, and organic will not be used due to cost and sourcing logistics. Topics in this Series: German (Quarter 1),French Canadian (Quarter 2), Chinese (Quarter 3), Peruvian (Quarter 4). Supply Fee: A class fee of $45.00 is due payable to the instructor on or before the first day of class. What to Bring: None- Disposable aprons and take-home containers provided. What to Wear: Students should wear clean clothes and have long hair tied back, braided, or secured under a bandana (male and female). Cooking Class Requirements: For more information and FAQs, see the Compass Cooking Classes webpage.
|
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 20 | 11:00 am | 11:55 am | Wed | Global Gourmet for Kids (5th/6th): Chinese | 5th-6th | Mylene Nyman | 8 |
$215.00 $193.50 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Compass cooks will enjoy a culinary tour of the world with Global Gourmet classes! Menus feature a variety of fruits, vegetables, and fresh ingredients seasoned and prepared to represent regional flavors and traditional dishes from the featured country. Recipes are selected to be nutritious, fun, and simple to make. The Compass chefs' gastronomy adventures will include a trip to China with:
Students will be eating what they make each week and bringing home the recipes and leftovers. These engaging cooking classes will get students excited about helping in the kitchen, experimenting, and trying new foods. Students will be exposed to healthy ingredients they may not regularly eat. They will learn important kitchen skills such as safety, sanitation, measuring, knife skills, and other tricks of the trade. Culinary vocabulary and terms are introduced each week, with no-pressure verbal review of those words the following week. Notes: Students with allergies to food ingredients or dietary restrictions cannot be accommodated in this class. Recipes may contain nuts, dairy, wheat, gluten, and eggs. All food supplies will be conventional, mass market ingredients. Specialty food preparations/certifications such as halal, kosher, and organic will not be used due to cost and sourcing logistics. Topics in this Series: German (Quarter 1),French Canadian (Quarter 2), Chinese (Quarter 3), Peruvian (Quarter 4). Supply Fee: A class fee of $45.00 is due payable to the instructor on or before the first day of class. What to Bring: None- Disposable aprons and take-home containers provided. What to Wear: Students should wear clean clothes and have long hair tied back, braided, or secured under a bandana (male and female). Cooking Class Requirements: For more information and FAQs, see the Compass Cooking Classes webpage.
|
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 20 | 12:00 pm | 12:55 pm | Wed | Global Gourmet for Tweens: Chinese | 7th-8th | Mylene Nyman | 8 |
$215.00 $193.50 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Compass cooks will enjoy a culinary tour of the world with Global Gourmet classes! Menus feature a variety of fruits, vegetables, and fresh ingredients seasoned and prepared to represent regional flavors and traditional dishes from the featured country. Recipes are selected to be nutritious, fun, and simple to make. The Compass chefs' gastronomy adventures will include a trip to China with:
Students will be eating what they make each week and bringing home the recipes and leftovers. These engaging cooking classes will get students excited about helping in the kitchen, experimenting, and trying new foods. Students will be exposed to healthy ingredients they may not regularly eat. They will learn important kitchen skills such as safety, sanitation, measuring, knife skills, and other tricks of the trade. Culinary vocabulary and terms are introduced each week, with no-pressure verbal review of those words the following week. Notes: Students with allergies to food ingredients or dietary restrictions cannot be accommodated in this class. Recipes may contain nuts, dairy, wheat, gluten, and eggs. All food supplies will be conventional, mass market ingredients. Specialty food preparations/certifications such as halal, kosher, and organic will not be used due to cost and sourcing logistics. Topics in this Series: German (Quarter 1),French Canadian (Quarter 2), Chinese (Quarter 3), Peruvian (Quarter 4). Supply Fee: A class fee of $45.00 is due payable to the instructor on or before the first day of class. What to Bring: None- Disposable aprons and take-home containers provided. What to Wear: Students should wear clean clothes and have long hair tied back, braided, or secured under a bandana (male and female). Cooking Class Requirements: For more information and FAQs, see the Compass Cooking Classes webpage.
|
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 20 | 2:00 pm | 2:55 pm | Wed | Globetrotters Kids' Geography: China & England | 2nd-4th | Danielle Mercadal | 10 |
$151.00 $135.90 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Discover geography and diverse cultures in this interactive, imaginary tour of the world. Each quarter, students will take a classroom journey to two distinct nations. They will locate the highlighted countries on the world map and complete a map project before buckling in for a fictional flight to the featured locales. Once they have "arrived" in the country, they will begin with an introduction to home and school life by meeting a child through a story or video. Students will learn to recognize similarities and appreciate differences when they compare that child's home, clothing, food, town, daily activities, and school to their own. In subsequent weeks, our Globe Trotters will learn about the culture and traditions of the country through songs, games, projects, and activities that highlight elements like folktales, customs, celebrations, distinct features, language, points of interest, or native species. Third quarter, students will journey to China and England. China is the world's most populous country. Its territory is the third largest in size, encompassing great snowy mountains, large desert basins, steppes, mangrove swamps, and rainforests. China has rich mineral and natural resources and unique animal species such as the giant panda, pangolin, and giant salamanders found nowhere else. China's famed Great Wall is experienced by millions of visitors each year. England is part of Great Britain and has a longtime relationship with the US. In England, visitors can find the ancient rock sculptures at Stonehenge, Roman ruins in the form of forts, roads, and aqueducts, Early Medieval, and Gothic construction. England has a rich literary history consisting of pagan folklore with goblins, elves, and witches and Middle Ages Robin Hood, King Arthur, Beowulf, to the modern Harry Potter franchise. The modern monarchy in Great Britain is still revered around the world. Example projects from these countries many include a celebration of Chinese Lunar New Year and tile-making, embroidery, and high tea (England). Students will be excited by geography and culture when approached through this engaging, multi-disciplinary exploration of diverse countries of the globe! Topics in this Series include Egypt and Korea (Quarter 1); Philippines and Germany (Quarter 2); China and England (Quarter 3); New Zealand and Ghana (Quarter 4). A supply fee of $25.00 is due payable to the instructor on the first day of class.
|
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 21 | 1:00 pm | 1:55 pm | Thu | Graphic Great Novels: Blockbuster British Books | 4th-5th | Dr. Anneca Robinson | 12 |
$185.00 $166.50 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Graphic Great Novels is the class for students who think they do not like reading, and for the ones who already do. Each quarter, students read three illustrated adaptations of classic novels from the Saddleback Educational Publishing Illustrated Classics Series. Children will become familiar with timeless tales from some of the world's best-known authors- Dickens, Stevenson, Twain, Dumas, Verne, Shakespeare, and more. The format makes them approachable and genuinely fun to read. Students often leave curious about the original novels- that is the point! Third quarter, students will discover some of the most beloved British books from the pages of Sir Arthur Conan Doyle, Mark Twain, and Jonathan Swift. Discover the super sleuth duo of Holmes and Watson through intriguing classic cases and crimes in The Adventures of Sherlock Holmes. Meet Hank Morgan, an American time-traveler who brings modern knowledge and know-how to medieval times in A Connecticut Yankee in King Arthur's Court and follow an adventurer to fantastical lands in Gulliver's Travels. Each quarter opens with an introduction to the graphic novel format, covering panels, speech bubbles, visual pacing, and how illustrators make meaning alongside words. From there, students read about half a graphic novel per week at home (25 to 30 pages), individually or as a family. In class, students discuss the stories, analyze characters and themes, and explore other versions of the same tale through excerpts, audio, or film clips. These novels are generally considered appropriate for readers ages 8 to 12. Students who complete all four quarters will read 12 illustrated classics-three per quarter-building their own complete illustrated classic library. Because students will need the same editions of all three graphic novels, Compass will pre-purchase the book bundles. A supply fee of $48.00 is due payable to Compass on or before the first day of class. Topics in this series include: All Out Adventure (Quarter 1), Shakespeare Shorts (Quarter 2), Blockbuster British Books (Quarter 3), and Tragic Transformations (Quarter 4)
|
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 21 | 11:00 am | 11:55 am | Thu | Great Books for Girls: Imagination | 5th-6th | Dr. Anneca Robinson | 12 |
$196.00 $176.40 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Great Books for Girls is a book club just for preteen girls. Each quarter, students read one high-quality novel and spend class time doing more than just discussing it. Girls act out scenes, debate character decisions, write alternate endings or origin stories, and dig into the research behind the story. Through conversation and guided activities, students begin to read more closely and notice how authors build characters, develop themes, and make choices about how to tell a story. Each quarter, one book is the teacher's selection and a second book is chosen by the class from a short, approved list. Students read assigned chapters at home and come to class prepared to share their reflections and discuss the books. All books are selected from Newbery Medalists and Honor Books, Caldecott Medal titles, A Mighty Girl book lists, Parents' Choice Award winners, and proven classics of children's fiction. This year's themes and teacher's choice books: Quarter1: Leadership (When You Trap a Tiger by Tae Keller, 2021 Newbery Medal); Quarter 2: Strength (One Big Open Sky by Lesa Cline-Ransome, 2025 Newbery Honor); Quarter 3: Imagination (The Last Cuentista by Donna Barba Higuera, 2023 Newbery Medal); and Quarter 4: Independence (Across So Many Seas by Ruth Behar, 2025 Newbery Honor). Level: This class is designed for 5th and 6th graders. 4th grade students reading above grade level are welcome. Novels: The cost of a new, mass-market paperback edition of the first book title is included in the class tuition. Parents are responsible for buying or borrowing a copy of the second book from the library, once selected. What to Bring: Current novel, paper, pen or pencil, and a highlighter. Sticky notes or adhesive flags are helpful for marking favorite passages.
|
1 | |
| Semester | Jan 18 | 12:00 pm | 12:55 pm | Mon | Great Religions of the New World | 9th-12th | Shea Megale | 12 |
$406.00 $365.40 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Why do Latter-day Saints baptize the dead, the Amish prefer plain horse-and-buggy travel, and some West Virginian churches practice perilous serpent handling? If questions like these spark your curiosity, you are ready to explore the fascinating world of global religions! In this deeply philosophical course, we'll dive into the major religious traditions that shape civilizations around the globe. Students will examine Protestantism, the Latter-day Saint Movement, Native American and other indigenous beliefs, UFO cults, televangelism, anabaptist descendants (such as the Amish), neopaganism, and more. The class will consider the rituals, tenets, and distinctive creeds of each tradition. Students can expect to learn through engaging visuals (such as maps, architecture, and wardrobe), provoking discussion, and music (such as hymns and hauntingly beautiful chants). Respectful participation is key and sense of intrigue is required. Your instructor brings both academic depth and lived experience to the classroom. With two degrees in history and extensive field experience in world religions- including five years teaching Catholic education, three years as a historian for The Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-Day Saints, and even officiating weddings for a Druid community- Ms Megale offers a unique and welcoming perspective on the world's belief systems. Workload: Students will receive optional reading suggestions to supplement their learning. Lecture based with occasional group activities. Credit: Homeschool families may wish to count this course as a partial credit in history/humanities for purposes of a high school transcript.
|
1 | |
| Semester | Jan 20 | 11:00 am | 11:55 am | Wed | Guitar for Beginners II | 5th-8th | Ney Mello | 8 |
$405.00 $364.50 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Students will continue to learn the fundamentals of playing the guitar. In this class, students will continue to learn basic melodies, chords, and strumming patterns for familiar songs from a variety of genres such as, "Sweet Jane" (by The Velvet Underground), "House of the Rising Sun," (by Eric Burdon and The Animals) and "Willow" (by Taylor Swift) chosen by the instructor and students. Students are encouraged to bring in music they are interested in learning. New chords and new songs will be added each week as students also learn to read music and basic music theory. Students will also learn how to hold, tune, and care for their guitars. Each student will need a least a beginner level acoustic guitar. Students should be able to read at grade level for this class and should plan to practice at home several times each week. Students should expect to spend 20-30 minutes per day most days practicing chords and melodies from class. There is a materials fee of $11.00 payable to the Compass on the first day of class for a tablature notebook for any student who does not have one from a prior class. New students who wish to enroll 2nd semester should have at least 12-15 hours of prior instruction in order to match the pace of the enrolled students.
|
1 | |
| Semester | Jan 22 | 12:00 pm | 12:55 pm | Fri | Guitar for Teen Beginners II | 9th-12th | Ney Mello | 8 |
$405.00 $364.50 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Students will continue to learn the fundamentals of playing the guitar. In this class, students will continue to learn basic melodies, chords, and strumming patterns for familiar songs from a variety of genres such as, "Sweet Jane" (by The Velvet Underground), "House of the Rising Sun," (by Eric Burdon and The Animals) and "Willow" (by Taylor Swift) chosen by the instructor and students. Students are encouraged to bring in music they are interested in learning. New chords and new songs will be added each week as students also learn to read music and basic music theory. Students will also learn how to hold, tune, and care for their guitars. Each student will need a least a beginner level acoustic guitar. Students should be able to read at grade level for this class and should plan to practice at home several times each week. Students should expect to spend 20-30 minutes per day most days practicing chords and melodies from class. There is a materials fee of $11.00 payable to the Compass on the first day of class for a tablature notebook for any student who does not have one from a prior class. New students who wish to enroll 2nd semester should have at least 12-15 hours of prior instruction in order to match the pace of the enrolled students.
|
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 20 | 2:00 pm | 2:55 pm | Wed | Harry Potter Handicrafts: Flitwick's Favorites | 6th-8th | Judith Harmon | 10 |
$152.00 $136.80 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
You've dreamed about going to Hogwarts, and now is your chance to experience a year of magical classes! In this maker class, students will create projects inspired by their core classes at Hogwarts (Charms, Defense Against the Dark Arts, Herbology, Potions, and Transfiguration) and a Hogwarts guest professor. Students learn to work with a variety of materials and learn a broad range of crafting skills such as hand-sewing, painting, papercrafting (including precision cutting, folding, and stenciling) sculpting, and wireworking to create magical pieces inspired by the World of Harry Potter. Welcome to the third term at Hogwarts! In addition to your core wizarding classes, special projects will be inspired by guest Professor Flitwick such as Dragon Scale Face Paints and Floating Candles. This is a great class for Harry Potter fans who love the magical world, even for those who have not read all of the books or watched all of the movies. Projects and class discussions are geared to not reveal significant series spoilers. Note: A few classes may include a Harry Potter-inspired food creation or personal care product. The ingredients will be identified in advance, and students with food or ingredient allergies or dietary restrictions will need to check before handling/consuming. Substitute ingredients cannot be provided for those with food allergies or restrictions. Topics in this Series: Quirrell's Creations (Quarter 1); Pomfrey's Potions (Quarter 2); Flitwick's Favorites (Quarter 3); and Lockhart's Fabrications (Quarter 4) Lab/Supply Fee: A class fee of $35.00 is due payable to the instructor on the first day of class.
|
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 18 | 11:00 am | 11:55 am | Mon | History's Mysteries: Conspiracies and Cover-Ups | 7th-8th | Shea Megale | 12 |
$203.00 $182.70 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Did history really happen the way we are told? Who controls the story? What evidence can you trust? Students will explore famous conspiracies and declassify cover-ups, including the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the curious reign of the Romanov dynasty, and the Watergate scandal. Students will analyze timelines, examine historical accounts and discoveries, and evaluate evidence to weigh competing theories behind each mystery. Through guided discussion and intriguing lectures, they will use critical thinking to distinguish credible explanations from speculation, determining for themselves what might have happened and why these mysteries continue to endure. Topics in this series include: Lost Worlds (Quarter 1), Unexplained Encounters (Quarter 2), Conspiracies & Cover-Ups (Quarter 3), and Gadgets and Guesswork (Quarter 4).
|
1 | |
| Workshop | Feb 22 | 8:15 am | 5:00 pm | Wed | Homeschool Ski Adventure- Monday February 22 | 2nd-Adult | 15 | $219.00 |
Enjoy a day on the snowy slopes skiing with homeschool friends at Liberty Mountain Resort in Fairfield, PA. Date: Monday, February 22, 2027 Options:
Schedule:
Notes:
Prerequisites: None |
2 | |||
| Workshop | Feb 08 | 8:15 am | 5:00 pm | Wed | Homeschool Ski Adventure- Monday February 8 | 2nd-Adult | 15 | $219.00 |
Enjoy a day on the snowy slopes skiing with homeschool friends at Liberty Mountain Resort in Fairfield, PA. Date: Monday, February 8, 2027 Options:
Schedule:
Notes:
Prerequisites: None |
2 | |||
| Workshop | Jan 27 | 8:15 am | 5:00 pm | Wed | Homeschool Ski Adventure- Wednesday January 27 | 2nd-Adult | 7 | $219.00 |
Enjoy a day on the snowy slopes skiing with homeschool friends at Liberty Mountain Resort in Fairfield, PA. Date: Wednesday, January 27, 2027 Options:
Schedule:
Notes:
Prerequisites: None |
2 | |||
| Semester | Jan 20 | 11:00 am | 11:55 am | Wed | Homeschool String Ensemble (Sem2) | 4th-8th | Dr. Steffany Shock | 10 |
$523.00 $470.70 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Homeschool musicians who play violin, viola, cello, or bass are invited to join this homeschool string ensemble! Musicians will have an opportunity to develop orchestral skills and enjoy the experience of practicing, playing, and performing as a group. The ensemble will start each week with tuning and warm-ups such as playing musical scales and simple exercises. Then the musicians will work on several group songs each semester where they will improve musical literacy, learn to follow the directions from the conductor, and learn to play in different keys-- as a group. During the final session of the semester, a concert will be held for friends and family. This ensemble is intended for advanced beginner, intermediate, and advanced strings students who are concurrently enrolled in private lessons. As a guideline, a student should be able to play a D major scale in two octaves on his/her instrument to be prepared for string ensemble. Students are expected to be able to locate notes on their instruments, read music and be able to identify all rhythmical patterns. The instructor will provide the ensemble repertoires, and these arrangements will be specially composed to accommodate the range of abilities of all stringed players in the ensemble. Participants are expected to prepare and practice at home for at least 15 - 20 minutes per day. The cost of the cost of photocopied music is included.
|
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 18 | 2:00 pm | 2:55 pm | Mon | Hype, Hoax, or Headline? Science in the News (Q3) | 8th-12th | Sandy Preaux | 12 |
$228.00 $205.20 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Rovers roam, rockets rise, and researchers reveal remarkable results. Viral videos and bold breakthroughs flood the feed, but what is solid science and what is sensational spin? In this class, students become critics and commentators on science in the news. Each week, they will examine recent discoveries, products, and claims drawn from headlines and social media, digging into the science behind the stories. Is a breakthrough truly groundbreaking, or just overhyped? Who is behind the research- a reputable institution or a questionable source? And what real impact might these ideas have? From AI-guided Mars rovers to scientists tackling microplastics and next-generation energy, students will investigate fascinating topics while learning to evaluate the strength of scientific evidence. They will consider testing methods, sample sizes, and sources in order to separate solid science from speculation and become thoughtful consumers of scientific information. This class is especially well suited for students who enjoy reading, discussion, and current events, including those who may not be drawn to traditional lab-based science classes. It also offers a valuable perspective for science-minded students who want to engage more deeply with real-world applications of science. Students should be reading at or above grade level and can expect to spend 30 minutes to one hour each week engaging with assigned articles or videos. Topics: This is a quarter-long class that examines new claims and scientific announcements in the news. Each quarter is unique, and students can take all four (4) quarters with no repeated information. Credit: Homeschool families may wish to count this course as a partial credit in science for purposes of a high school transcript.
|
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 19 | 12:00 pm | 12:55 pm | Tue | Inside Music: Engage Your Ear | 5th-8th | Dr. Alina Kirshon-Goldman | 10 |
$245.00 $220.50 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Inside the Music is a fun, interactive guide to understanding how music really works. Designed for both instrumentalists and singers, this year-long program builds essential musicianship through games, movement, listening, and creative activities that make learning feel engaging, not overwhelming. Students explore the fundamentals of music theory- from reading notes on the staff to understanding rhythm, pitch, scales, and chords through hands-on experiences and interactive classroom activities that reinforce each concept. Whether a student is just beginning or wanting to strengthen existing skills, this class provides a clear, structured path to deeper musical understanding and greater confidence. Third quarter, students will develop a strong musical ear by learning to listen actively and connect what they hear to what they play or sing. They build skills in identifying steps, skips, and simple intervals by ear, recognizing major and minor sounds, and echoing rhythms and melodies with confidence. Activities include call-and-response exercises, listening games, and musical memory challenges. Each quarter focuses on a different core skill and stands on its own, so students can join at any time and still gain meaningful, complete learning. This class is an excellent complement to private lessons, ensembles, or independent study, helping students move beyond simply playing music to truly understanding it. Topics in this series include Rock the Rhythm (Quarter 1), Practice Pitch & Pattern (Quarter 2), Engage Your Ear (Quarter 3), and Compose & Create (Quarter 4).
|
1 | |
| Semester | Jan 18 | 1:00 pm | 1:55 pm | Mon | Intro to Engineering: Innovation and Implementation | 10th-12th | Sandy Preaux | 12 |
$391.00 $351.90 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Engineering is the discipline of turning ideas into reality- using mathematics, science, and creativity to design solutions that shape the world around us. From bridges and buildings to medical devices, renewable energy systems, and cutting-edge technology, engineers work across an extraordinary range of fields. The demand for these skills is strong and growing especially in areas like software development, data science, cybersecurity, and advanced manufacturing. This course introduces students to the mindset and methods of engineers- problem solving, design thinking, collaboration, and innovation- while exploring the wide variety of pathways available in this dynamic and high-impact field. The second semester, Innovation and Implementation, shifts from foundational knowledge to the execution of engineering ideas. Students will engage in a long-form, project-based experience that emphasizes prototyping, iteration, and the real-world constraints engineers face when bringing ideas to life. Beginning with ideation and human-centered design, students will learn to generate innovative solutions grounded in the needs of real users. They will explore materials science, compare prototyping methods, and use tools such as Computer-Aided Design (CAD) to develop and refine their concepts. Throughout the semester, students will design, build, test, and improve a capstone project, documenting failures, analyzing data, and optimizing their designs for performance, efficiency, and practicality. Case studies will highlight the importance of communication and ethics in engineering, while discussions of manufacturing will connect individual prototypes to large-scale production. This highly hands-on semester culminates in an Engineering Showcase, where students present their innovative solutions, demonstrating both technical skill and the ability to think creatively, iterate thoughtfully, and solve meaningful problems. Prerequisites:Completion of Algebra I Workload: Students should expect to spend 1-2 hours per week outside of class reading and completing projects. Assignments: All assignments and readings will be posted on password-protected Canvas classroom management site. Assessments:Completed assignments, projects, and participation will be assessed points. Parents can calculate a letter grade using the student's points earned divided by points available. Parents may view all scoring and comments at any time through the Canvas site. Lab/Supply Fee: A lab fee of $25.00 is due payable to the instructor on or before the first day of class. What to Bring: Paper or notebook, pen or pencil, and laptop when requested. Credit: Homeschool families may wish to count both semesters of this course as a half credit in science or a career exploration election. Prerequisites: Algebra I |
1 | |
| Semester | Jan 18 | 1:30 pm | 2:55 pm | Mon | Introduction to Veterinary Science: Clinical Care & Medicine | 9th-12th | Nicole Itz | 10 |
$405.00 $364.50 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Building on foundational skills, this course moves into the clinical side of veterinary medicine, where students learn how to recognize, assess, and respond to illness and injury in animals. Students explore how veterinary teams diagnose and treat a wide range of conditions using observation, testing, and critical thinking. Topics include common diseases and parasites, wound care, infection control, and emergency response. Students are introduced to diagnostic tools such as lab work, imaging, and patient history, and learn how veterinary technicians assist with procedures, administer medications, and support recovery. Through case studies and real-world scenarios, students practice problem-solving and clinical reasoning while gaining insight into the fast-paced environment of veterinary care. This course is ideal for students considering careers in veterinary medicine, animal science, or related health fields. Textbook/Materials: A community college-level textbook will be selected and identified by August 1 Workload:Students should anticipate 1 to 2 hours of homework each week. What to Bring: Paper or notebook; pen or pencil; assigned chapter. Lab Fee:There is a $40.00 labe fee due payable to the instructor on/before the first day of class. Credit: Homeschool families may wish to count this course as a component (partial) credit in Career Exploration/Elective/Science for purposes of a high school transcript. (Full credit for both semesters.)
|
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 21 | 1:00 pm | 1:55 pm | Thu | Jiu Jitsu Fit for Tweens- Yellow | 6th-8th | Iman Castaneda | 12 |
$171.00 $153.90 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Jiu-Jitsu Fit is a fun, interactive, physical fitness program for tweens incorporating the Brazilian self-defense martial art of Jiu-Jitsu. Students will follow a well-rounded physical fitness program that incorporates moves and strategies of Jiu-Jitsu to increase strength, flexibility, conditioning, endurance, coordination, balance, and fun! Students will practice techniques for resolving conflicts, dealing with bullies, projecting confidence, and developing stranger awareness in the games and exercises they complete in class. Jiu-Jitsu Fit helps tweens stay active, builds self-esteem, and encourages teamwork. Jiu-Jitsu uses grappling and ground work in addition to standing self-defense positions. The color name in the class title refers to the collectable token students will earn each quarter they take the class. Collect all 8! Students may enroll in Jiu Jitsu Fit at any time, regardless of the color name No one color is a prerequisite for any other color, and tokens can be earned in any order. Some partner work may be co-ed. Students will work on mats in socks or bare feet and should come to class wearing loose, comfortable clothing, such as running pants or sweatpants and bring a refillable water bottle.
|
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 21 | 2:00 pm | 2:55 pm | Thu | Jiu Jitsu Junior- Yellow | 3rd-5th | Iman Castaneda | 12 |
$171.00 $153.90 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Jiu-Jitsu Fit is a fun, interactive, physical fitness program for tweens incorporating the Brazilian self-defense martial art of Jiu-Jitsu. Students will follow a well-rounded physical fitness program that incorporates moves and strategies of Jiu-Jitsu to increase strength, flexibility, conditioning, endurance, coordination, balance, and fun! Students will practice techniques for resolving conflicts, dealing with bullies, projecting confidence, and developing stranger awareness in the games and exercises they complete in class. Jiu-Jitsu Fit helps tweens stay active, builds self-esteem, and encourages teamwork. Jiu-Jitsu uses grappling and ground work in addition to standing self-defense positions. The color name in the class title refers to the collectable token students will earn each quarter they take the class. Collect all 8! Students may enroll in Jiu Jitsu Fit at any time, regardless of the color name No one color is a prerequisite for any other color, and tokens can be earned in any order. Some partner work may be co-ed. Students will work on mats in socks or bare feet and should come to class wearing loose, comfortable clothing, such as running pants or sweatpants and bring a refillable water bottle.
|
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 19 | 10:00 am | 10:55 am | Tue | Junior Art Studio: Native Nations (TUE) | K-2nd | Kerry Diederich | 10 |
$169.00 $152.10 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Junior Art Studio is a colorful, hands-on art adventure designed especially for our youngest artists! Each week, students will discover a new artist or art style, learn a few fun facts, explore inspiring examples, and then create their own masterpiece inspired by what they have seen. Using a wide variety of materials, students will experiment with colors, patterns, textures, and embellishments as they bring their ideas to life. Third quarter, students explore how art reflects identity, storytelling, and connections to nature within Native American cultures. This class introduces students to Native American art through a respectful and developmentally appropriate lens, focusing on broad cultural themes such as storytelling, symbolism, nature, and patterns to understand how art can communicate meaning across cultures. Students engage in hands- on projects that encourage personal expression while building awareness of artistic traditions. Care is taken to ensure that activities honor cultural significance, promoting both creativity and cultural respect. A partial list of projects this quarter includes: personal symbol drawings, paper weaving, totem pole designs, dreamcatcher-inspired art, animal drawings, pattern design artwork, story-based composition, and a headdress creation using yarn, paper plates, beads, feathers (craft), markers, construction paper, glue, paints, specialty paper, chalk pastels and oil pastels. Topics in this series include: Color Quest (Quarter 1), Destination Discoveries (Quarter 2), Native Nations (Quarter 3), and Multi-Media Mix (Quarter 4). There is a $25.00 supply fee due payable to the instructor on/before the first day.
|
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 20 | 1:00 pm | 1:55 pm | Wed | Junior Art Studio: Native Nations (WED) | K-2nd | Kerry Diederich | 10 |
$169.00 $152.10 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Junior Art Studio is a colorful, hands-on art adventure designed especially for our youngest artists! Each week, students will discover a new artist or art style, learn a few fun facts, explore inspiring examples, and then create their own masterpiece inspired by what they have seen. Using a wide variety of materials, students will experiment with colors, patterns, textures, and embellishments as they bring their ideas to life. Third quarter, students explore how art reflects identity, storytelling, and connections to nature within A partial list of projects this quarter includes personal symbol drawings, paper weaving, totem pole designs, dreamcatcher-inspired art, animal drawings, pattern design artwork, story-based composition, and a headdress creation using yarn, paper plates, beads, feathers (craft), markers, construction paper, glue, paints, specialty paper, chalk pastels and oil pastels. Topics in this series include: Color Quest (Quarter 1), Destination Discoveries (Quarter 2), Native Nations (Quarter 3), and Multi-Media Mix (Quarter 4). There is a $25.00 supply fee due payable to the instructor on/before the first day.
|
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 21 | 12:00 pm | 1:25 pm | Thu | Junior Engineering with LEGO: Winter Wonders (THU) | K-2nd | Becca Sticha | 10 |
$225.00 $202.50 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Students will use LEGO to design and build simple engineering projects out of everyone's favorite building toy! In this 90 minute class, students will explore concepts and vocabulary in physics, mechanical engineering, structural engineering, aerospace engineering, and architecture while playing with their creations. Third quarter, students will build for an icy winter environment and explore constructions like a bobsled course, snow plows, snow mobiles, a Polar Express train, and gondola ski lifts! Each class begins with 10-minutes of free build from tubs of LEGO components followed by a short discussion and demonstration of the day's project and concepts. Students build individually or in groups. Instructors will provide individual assistance, facilitate challenges, performance testing, competitions, and modifications to projects. Some projects may have been introduced in prior year's sessions, but each new build is unique, and student's building skills and understanding will have grown. Notes:(1)Students must be minimum age 5 and able to separate from their parents for this class. (2) Projects are built from shared, Compass-owned components, so students will not bring completed projects home. Parents, however, can step into class 15 minutes before the end of each session to photograph their child's construction. Topics in this Series: Fantastic Fliers & Space Racers (Quarter 1); Articulated Aniamls (Quarter 2); Winter Wonders (Quarter 3); Construct a Carnival (Quarter 4) Prerequisites: Minimum age 5 |
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 19 | 2:00 pm | 3:25 pm | Tue | Junior Engineering with LEGO: Winter Wonders (TUE) | K-2nd | Becca Sticha | 10 |
$225.00 $202.50 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Students will use LEGO to design and build simple engineering projects out of everyone's favorite building toy! In this 90 minute class, students will explore concepts and vocabulary in physics, mechanical engineering, structural engineering, aerospace engineering, and architecture while playing with their creations. Third quarter, students will build for an icy winter environment and explore constructions like a bobsled course, snow plows, snow mobiles, a Polar Express train, and gondola ski lifts! Each class begins with 10-minutes of free build from tubs of LEGO components followed by a short discussion and demonstration of the day's project and concepts. Students build individually or in groups. Instructors will provide individual assistance, facilitate challenges, performance testing, competitions, and modifications to projects. Some projects may have been introduced in prior year's sessions, but each new build is unique, and student's building skills and understanding will have grown. Notes:(1)Students must be minimum age 5 and able to separate from their parents for this class. (2) Projects are built from shared, Compass-owned components, so students will not bring completed projects home. Parents, however, can step into class 15 minutes before the end of each session to photograph their child's construction. Topics in this Series: Fantastic Fliers & Space Racers (Quarter 1); Articulated Aniamls (Quarter 2); Winter Wonders (Quarter 3); Construct a Carnival (Quarter 4)
|
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 20 | 12:00 pm | 12:55 pm | Wed | Junior Gymnastics: Vault Ventures | K-3rd | MindShift Gym | 12 |
$190.00 $171.00 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Tumble, turn, twist, and twirl! Junior Gymnastics is a beginner-level class designed to support the development of motor skills in children while introducing beginning athleticism through gymnastics. This class incorporates fundamental movements like hopping, skipping, jumping, and balancing while building strength, flexibility and coordination. Gymnastics encourages children to explore their body's movement through play and exercise. Each session will include warm-up activities, cool-down exercises, and fun play with props like parachutes, while each quarter has a different gymnastics focus. Third quarter "Vault Ventures" introduces power and momentum with jumps from a low vault platform and stacks of mats. All work will be done on padded floor mats and portable equipment on loan from the instructor's gymnastics school. Students should wear workout attire, but preferably not lose or floppy clothing. Students with long hair are asked to tie their hair back. Students will play and exercise in socks, so they should not come in sandals, crocs, or slides. Topics in this series include: Floor Fun (Quarter 1), Beam Basics (Quarter 2), Vault Ventures (Quarter 3), and Rhythmic Routines (Quarter 4).
|
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Feb 24 | 4:00 pm | 4:45 pm | W | Junior Spelling Bee (2/24/27) | K-4th | 9 | $10.00 |
Register here to participate in the Junior Spelling Bee on February 24, 2027, at 4:00 pm. Junior Spelling Bee is for students under age 9. This is an in-person bee held at Compass's Herndon facility. After sign-up, participants will receive a practice word list to study. All participants will receive a certificate and mementos, and the top two finishers will receive a medal and be invited to the Senior Spelling Bee, an "official" school bee which feeds into the Fairfax County and National Scripps Spelling Bee.
|
2 | |||
| Qtr 3 | Jan 21 | 2:00 pm | 2:55 pm | Thu | Kids' Confection Kitchen: Chocolate Works (THU) | 5th-6th | Mylene Nyman | 8 |
$215.00 $193.50 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Toffee. Taffy. Truffles... End the day on a sweet note! Kids will enjoy making and eating delicious confections. Each week they will prepare a fresh, handmade dessert or sweet such as: pies, cakes, cookies, tarts, trifles, mousses, puddings, candies, fudge, brittle, or chocolates. The class will include some icing, decorating, and garnishing techniques for completed desserts. This quarter, the Compass bakers treats include:
Students will be eating what they make each week and bringing home the recipes and leftovers. This engaging sweets class will get students excited about helping in the kitchen and entertaining. They will learn important baking skills such as safety, sanitation, measuring, knife skills, and other tricks of the trade. Culinary vocabulary is introduced each week. Notes: Students with allergies to food ingredients or dietary restrictions cannot be accommodated in this class. Recipes may contain nuts, dairy, wheat, gluten, and eggs. All food supplies will be conventional, mass market ingredients. Specialty food preparations/certifications such as halal, kosher, and organic will not be used due to cost and sourcing logistics. Topics in this Series: Piece of Cake (Quarter 1); Easy as Pie (Quarter 2), Choco Works (Quarter 3), and Dessert First (Quarter 4). Lab/Supply Fee: A class fee of $45.00 is due payable to the instructor on the first day of class. What to Bring: None- Disposable aprons and take-home containers provided. What to Wear: Students should wear clean clothes and have long hair tied back, braided, or secured under a bandana (male and female). Cooking Class Requirements: For more information and FAQs, see the Compass Cooking Classes webpage.
|
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 19 | 2:00 pm | 2:55 pm | Tue | Kids' Confection Kitchen: Chocolate Works (TUE) | 5th-6th | Mylene Nyman | 8 |
$215.00 $193.50 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Toffee. Taffy. Truffles... End the day on a sweet note! Kids will enjoy making and eating delicious confections. Each week they will prepare a fresh, handmade dessert or sweet such as: pies, cakes, cookies, tarts, trifles, mousses, puddings, candies, fudge, brittle, or chocolates. The class will include some icing, decorating, and garnishing techniques for completed desserts. This quarter, the Compass bakers treats include:
Students will be eating what they make each week and bringing home the recipes and leftovers. This engaging sweets class will get students excited about helping in the kitchen and entertaining. They will learn important baking skills such as safety, sanitation, measuring, knife skills, and other tricks of the trade. Culinary vocabulary is introduced each week. Notes: Students with allergies to food ingredients or dietary restrictions cannot be accommodated in this class. Recipes may contain nuts, dairy, wheat, gluten, and eggs. All food supplies will be conventional, mass market ingredients. Specialty food preparations/certifications such as halal, kosher, and organic will not be used due to cost and sourcing logistics. Topics in this Series: Piece of Cake (Quarter 1); Easy as Pie (Quarter 2), Choco Works (Quarter 3), and Dessert First (Quarter 4). Lab/Supply Fee: A class fee of $45.00 is due payable to the instructor on the first day of class. What to Bring: None- Disposable aprons and take-home containers provided. What to Wear: Students should wear clean clothes and have long hair tied back, braided, or secured under a bandana (male and female). Cooking Class Requirements: For more information and FAQs, see the Compass Cooking Classes webpage.
|
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 20 | 11:00 am | 11:55 am | Wed | Krav Maga Self Defense for Kids- Brown Stripe (Wed) | 5th-8th | Nick Masi | 12 |
$158.00 $142.20 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Krav Maga is the Israeli martial art which teaches self defense and fitness. Students of Krav Maga are taught a series of strategies to assess and respond to common situations, such as facing a bully. Kids are always taught first and foremost to get away, to get help, and to try to deescalate the situation. When that fails, students practice a technique that includes a warning strike followed by escape, and finally, they learn how to stand up for themselves and how to counterattack if a situation escalates and becomes threatening. Kids are empowered and gain confidence when they rehearse how to handle real-life situations. Exercises and in-class practice incorporate balance, coordination, energy, and other key elements of fitness along with life skills such as confidence, teamwork, respect, discipline, and respect. Students may enroll in Krav Maga at any time, and everyone will begin as a white belt. Each quarter, students will practice the full range of skills, but there will be two "featured" moves that a student can earn a belt stripe for being able to demonstrate. Featured moves will include a combative strike and a defensive escape technique. No one stripe is a prerequisite for any other color, and color stripes can be earned in any order. Third quarter, students will have the chance to earn a Brown Stripe. The featured moves include:
- 360 Defense and Headlock Release
- Inside Defense and Release from Front Choke
- Using Your Environment and Wrist Grab Releases
- Kick Defense and Ground Choke Release
- Body Defense and Shirt Grab Releases
- Protecting Others and Ground Headlock Release
- Ground Strike Defenses and Bearhug Releases
- Ground Kick Defenses and Back Choke Releases Students will be able to test for belt promotions to move through the ranks of white belt, yellow belt, orange belt, etc. On average, it is estimated that a student will be ready for a belt test after four quarters/four color stripes. Belt testing will be by coach approval. What to Bring: Refillable water bottle. What to Wear: In lieu of a full martial arts uniform, participants should wear their class t-shirt and belt along with shorts, leggings, or loose, comfortable athletic pants, and comfortable athletic shoes or sneakers. Lab/Supply Fee: A class fee of $6.00 is due payable to the instructor on the first day of class- for new students only- for a white belt to collect the colored stripes! A belt test fee of $25.00 is due payable to the instructor when a student is ready to test for promotion. Topics in this Series: Blue Stripe (1st Quarter), Purple Stripe (2nd Quarter), Brown Stripe (3rd Quarter) and Black Stripe (4th Quarter).
|
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 22 | 2:00 pm | 2:55 pm | Fri | Krav Maga Self Defense for Teens- Brown Stripe (Fri) | 9th-12th | Nick Masi | 12 |
$158.00 $142.20 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Krav Maga is the Israeli martial art which teaches self defense and fitness. Students of Krav Maga are taught a series of strategies to assess and respond to common situations, such as facing a bully. Kids are always taught first and foremost to get away, to get help, and to try to deescalate the situation. When that fails, students practice a technique that includes a warning strike followed by escape, and finally, they learn how to stand up for themselves and how to counterattack if a situation escalates and becomes threatening. Kids are empowered and gain confidence when they rehearse how to handle real-life situations. Exercises and in-class practice incorporate balance, coordination, energy, and other key elements of fitness along with life skills such as confidence, teamwork, respect, discipline, and respect. Students may enroll in Krav Maga at any time, and everyone will begin as a white belt. Each quarter, students will practice the full range of skills, but there will be two "featured" moves that a student can earn a belt stripe for being able to demonstrate. Featured moves will include a combative strike and a defensive escape technique. No one stripe is a prerequisite for any other color, and color stripes can be earned in any order. Third quarter, students will have the chance to earn a Brown Stripe. The featured moves include:
- 360 Defense and Headlock Release
- Inside Defense and Release from Front Choke
- Using Your Environment and Wrist Grab Releases
- Kick Defense and Ground Choke Release
- Body Defense and Shirt Grab Releases
- Protecting Others and Ground Headlock Release
- Ground Strike Defenses and Bearhug Releases
- Ground Kick Defenses and Back Choke Releases Students will be able to test for belt promotions to move through the ranks of white belt, yellow belt, orange belt, etc. On average, it is estimated that a student will be ready for a belt test after four quarters/four color stripes. Belt testing will be by coach approval. What to Bring: Refillable water bottle. What to Wear: In lieu of a full martial arts uniform, participants should wear their class t-shirt and belt along with shorts, leggings, or loose, comfortable athletic pants, and comfortable athletic shoes or sneakers. Lab/Supply Fee: A class fee of $6.00 is due payable to the instructor on the first day of class- for new students only- for a white belt to collect the colored stripes! A belt test fee of $25.00 is due payable to the instructor when a student is ready to test for promotion. Topics in this Series: Blue Stripe (1st Quarter), Purple Stripe (2nd Quarter), Brown Stripe (3rd Quarter) and Black Stripe (4th Quarter).
|
1 | |
| Semester | Jan 20 | 1:00 pm | 1:55 pm | Wed | Learn to Sew: Beginner and Advanced Beginner | 7th-12th | Judith Harmon | 10 |
$303.00 $272.70 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Learn to sew to create one-of-a kind articles of clothing, home decor, crafts, or handmade items for your side business like Etsy or Ebay. Sewing can be a relaxing hobby, a profitable side gig, and a practical money-saving life skill. Don't settle for store-bought when you can learn to sew the custom creations you envision! Second semester, Beginner students will learn the basics of hand sewing. Skills that will be introduced this semester include: quilter's knot, stitches (basting, running, backstitch, whip, ladder), tying a knot, and anchoring a knot. Students will learn to identify and use sewing tools such as fabric scissors, straight pins, thimbles, seam ripper, and various needles. Advanced Beginner students (those continuing from first semester or those with prior experience), will learn how to read and cut our a sewing pattern, how to take body measurements and match to pattern measurements, and how to select the best fabric for a pattern. Advanced Beginner students will learn how to finish pieces by selecting and attaching closures (buttons, button holes, grommets, zippers, & hook and eyes); gathering and pleating, using binding and bias tape, and attaching pockets and waistbands. Students will also begin with get-to-know their sewing machines including different components, attachments, and functions, along with care, use, and maintenance of their machines. They will learn Identify parts of sewing machine; how to fill a bobbin and thread the machine; types of machine needles and how to change a needle, and how to control speeds. Students will practice machine stitches (straight, zig-zag, backstitch) and adjusting the length and width, learn about seam allowance, and sewing corners and curves. Students will begin with simple stitching exercises, and their first project will be sewing a pin cushion that they will use throughout the year. As part of learning to sew, students will learn about different types of fabrics, what each is best used for, and how to identify grain lines, bias, and selvedge. The class will discover how garments are assembled by deconstructing an article of clothing from its seams. Students will learn how to read a sewing pattern and take measurements The group will learn about hems and elastic along with closures and how/where to use them. Second semester's Beginner project will be sewing a custom pair of pajama pants, while the Advanced Beginner project will be a small block quilt. Topics in this Series: Learn to Sew: Beginner (Semester 1), Learn to Sew: Beginner and Advanced Beginner (Semester 2). Students continuing from first semester receive priority pre-registration for second semester. Prerequisites: None Workload: Students who practice at home will find that their sewing skills are refined and perfected more quickly. Students should expect to spend 1-2 hours per week outside of class practicing the sewing skill/step covered in class. Assignments: Projects will be given out in class and will also be communicated via Google Classroom. Equipment/Fabric: Students must bring to class each week:
Lab/Supply Fee: A class fee of $50.00 is due payable to the instructor on the first day of class for a project box, including a sewing kit (with 1 pack of sewing machine needles, thread, and hand sewing essentials), and other materials used in class.
|
1 | |
| Semester | Jan 18 | 11:00 am | 12:25 pm | Mon | LEGO Robotics Challenge League (S2) | 4th-6th | Becca Sticha | 10 |
$505.00 $454.50 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
LEGO Robotics Challenge League is a dynamic, semester-long team experience where students dive into real FIRST LEGO League (FLL)- style challenges in a high-energy, collaborative environment. Students work in teams to design, build, and program robots while tackling a complete FLL challenge from a previous season. This league format gives students the opportunity to experience the full scope of FLL without the intense 6- 10+ hour weekly commitment of official competition teams. Participants are divided into smaller teams that compete in exciting in-house robotics challenges, testing their designs, strategies, and coding skills against one another. Along the way, students develop critical 21st-century skills in engineering, programming, problem-solving, and teamwork. As teams iterate, test, and refine their robots, they build confidence, strengthen communication skills, and experience the thrill of competition in a supportive, engaging setting. Throughout the semester, students will complete a full FLL challenge, including the Robot Game and elements of the Innovation Project. They will gain hands-on experience with LEGO Spike Prime components and use drag-and-drop coding to program autonomous robots. No prior robotics or programming experience is required, though familiarity with LEGO Technic components (gears, beams, and axles) is helpful. FIRST LEGO League (FLL) is a globally recognized robotics program that combines engineering, research, and teamwork. Each year's theme challenges students to develop innovative solutions to real-world problems in areas such as the environment, transportation, accessibility, and exploration. In addition to the Robot Game, students engage in brainstorming, research, and design while practicing the engineering design process: build, test, refine, and improve. At its core, LEGO Robotics Challenge League emphasizes both competition and collaboration. Students encourage and support one another while striving to improve their designs and performance. Inspired by FLL's Core Values- discovery, innovation, impact, inclusion, teamwork, and fun- this program fosters both technical skill and character development. While teams compete in-house throughout the semester, this league focuses on growth, creativity, and the excitement of engineering in action rather than participation in regional competitions.
|
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 20 | 2:00 pm | 2:55 pm | Wed | Little Bot Builders: Circuits & Controllers | K-1st | Kate Mansouri | 10 |
$223.00 $200.70 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Little Bot Builders is a busy, bouncy robotics and maker lab where our youngest engineers, ages 5-6, build, tinker, test, and discover how things work. Third quarter, students will continue building their confidence with robotics by exploring circuit boards, counters, remote communication, and engineering design. They will learn how inventors improve their ideas by testing, adjusting, and rebuilding designs. Projects may include building traffic lights with counters and creating a simple remote-control car. Students will practice using step-by-step thinking, troubleshooting, and iterative design as they make their projects more complex and capable. There is a $25.00 supply fee due payable to the instructor on/before the first day of class. Topics in this series include: Motors & Makers (Quarter 1), Power & Prototypes (Quarter 2), Circuits & Controllers (Quarter 3), Waves & Wonders (Quarter 4).
|
1 | |
| Semester | Jan 21 | 10:00 am | 11:55 am | Thu | Little Learners Preschool (THU, SEM2) | 3-1/2 years- 4-1/2 years | Louisa Worrell | 8 |
$568.00 $511.20 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Can your little one settle for story time? Share, smile, and socialize during play? Follow fun, familiar directions? This one-morning, 2-hour program is a "taste" of preschool for homeschooled youngsters. Young children will learn and play in a small group with an experienced child developmental specialist/preschool educator for this dynamic program that offers regular interaction and socialization. Your little one will enjoy being with same-aged peers, building independence, and tackling new skills for a few hours each week. Little Learners Lab will introduce foundational concepts needed for future learning such as pre-reading skills (such as letter recognition); pre-writing skills (such as tracing or highlighting); and pre-math skills (such as colors, patterns). This play-based and language-based program will feature circle time, seasonal themes, songs, and stories. Games and free play time will allow young children to practice key childhood social skills such as sharing, taking turns, and entering play with others. Activities that incorporate multi-modalities and strengthen fine motor skills will be introduced. A mid-morning break consisting of a small snack (such as goldfish crackers, teddy grahams, or animal crackers) and water will be furnished at each session. The teacher will also provide ideas for parents to work on at home with their child during the week. Little Learners Lab Preschool is offered in three weekly sessions: Tuesday morning, Wednesday afternoon, and Thursday morning. Registration is stand-alone for each day so parents can register for 1,2,or 3 sessions. As a learning lab, Compass may invite 1-3 high school students, ages 13+, to serve as classroom aides and learn about early childhood education/development. Readiness: Students must be age 3-1/2 (42 months) by the start of the session (no exceptions). To be successful in this program, entering preschoolers must be able to do the following: (1) separate from parents with little discomfort; (2) be able to sit and listen to a story or stay on a task for 10 minutes; (3) be able to follow simple, age-appropriate directions from the teacher or another adult; (4) be able to voice needs or requests; and (5) be completely potty trained and able to use a public restroom (wiping, flushing, washing hands, etc.) with minimal oversight of a classroom aide. Other Notes:
|
1 | |
| Semester | Jan 19 | 10:00 am | 11:55 am | Tue | Little Learners Preschool (TUE, SEM 2) | 3-1/2 years- 4-1/2 years | Louisa Worrell | 8 |
$568.00 $511.20 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Can your little one settle for story time? Share, smile, and socialize during play? Follow fun, familiar directions? This one-morning, 2-hour program is a "taste" of preschool for homeschooled youngsters. Young children will learn and play in a small group with an experienced child developmental specialist/preschool educator for this dynamic program that offers regular interaction and socialization. Your little one will enjoy being with same-aged peers, building independence, and tackling new skills for a few hours each week. Little Learners Lab will introduce foundational concepts needed for future learning such as pre-reading skills (such as letter recognition); pre-writing skills (such as tracing or highlighting); and pre-math skills (such as colors, patterns). This play-based and language-based program will feature circle time, seasonal themes, songs, and stories. Games and free play time will allow young children to practice key childhood social skills such as sharing, taking turns, and entering play with others. Activities that incorporate multi-modalities and strengthen fine motor skills will be introduced. A mid-morning break consisting of a small snack (such as goldfish crackers, teddy grahams, or animal crackers) and water will be furnished at each session. The teacher will also provide ideas for parents to work on at home with their child during the week. Little Learners Lab Preschool is offered in three weekly sessions: Tuesday morning, Wednesday afternoon, and Thursday morning. Registration is stand-alone for each day so parents can register for 1,2,or 3 sessions. As a learning lab, Compass may invite 1-3 high school students, ages 13+, to serve as classroom aides and learn about early childhood education/development. Readiness: Students must be age 3-1/2 (42 months) by the start of the session (no exceptions). To be successful in this program, entering preschoolers must be able to do the following: (1) separate from parents with little discomfort; (2) be able to sit and listen to a story or stay on a task for 10 minutes; (3) be able to follow simple, age-appropriate directions from the teacher or another adult; (4) be able to voice needs or requests; and (5) be completely potty trained and able to use a public restroom (wiping, flushing, washing hands, etc.) with minimal oversight of a classroom aide. Other Notes:
|
1 | |
| Semester | Jan 20 | 1:00 pm | 2:55 pm | Wed | Little Learners Preschool (WED, SEM 2) | 3-1/2 years- 4-1/2 years | Louisa Worrell | 8 |
$568.00 $511.20 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Can your little one settle for story time? Share, smile, and socialize during play? Follow fun, familiar directions? This one-morning, 2-hour program is a "taste" of preschool for homeschooled youngsters. Young children will learn and play in a small group with an experienced child developmental specialist/preschool educator for this dynamic program that offers regular interaction and socialization. Your little one will enjoy being with same-aged peers, building independence, and tackling new skills for a few hours each week. Little Learners Lab will introduce foundational concepts needed for future learning such as pre-reading skills (such as letter recognition); pre-writing skills (such as tracing or highlighting); and pre-math skills (such as colors, patterns). This play-based and language-based program will feature circle time, seasonal themes, songs, and stories. Games and free play time will allow young children to practice key childhood social skills such as sharing, taking turns, and entering play with others. Activities that incorporate multi-modalities and strengthen fine motor skills will be introduced. A mid-morning break consisting of a small snack (such as goldfish crackers, teddy grahams, or animal crackers) and water will be furnished at each session. The teacher will also provide ideas for parents to work on at home with their child during the week. Little Learners Lab Preschool is offered in three weekly sessions: Tuesday morning, Wednesday afternoon, and Thursday morning. Registration is stand-alone for each day so parents can register for 1,2,or 3 sessions. As a learning lab, Compass may invite 1-3 high school students, ages 13+, to serve as classroom aides and learn about early childhood education/development. Readiness: Students must be age 3-1/2 (42 months) by the start of the session (no exceptions). To be successful in this program, entering preschoolers must be able to do the following: (1) separate from parents with little discomfort; (2) be able to sit and listen to a story or stay on a task for 10 minutes; (3) be able to follow simple, age-appropriate directions from the teacher or another adult; (4) be able to voice needs or requests; and (5) be completely potty trained and able to use a public restroom (wiping, flushing, washing hands, etc.) with minimal oversight of a classroom aide. Other Notes:
|
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 19 | 10:00 am | 10:55 am | Tue | Living Planet: Water Lab | 7th-8th | Osk Huneycutt | 12 |
$196.00 $176.40 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
A powerful hurricane season forecasted. Polar ice caps receding. Hydraulic fracking. Solar power. Everywhere we look, environmental science is in the news! Living Planet is a middle school environmental science class which merges the fields of geology, biology, chemistry, and meteorology to explain the earth as an interconnected system with both natural and human-made influences. This year middle schoolers will sample environmental science topics in a lab-based investigation. Third quarter, students will focus on water. The class will study the global water cycle, water chemistry and water quality, water tables, water reclamation, desalination, as well as environmental issues related to water resources including pollution and freshwater limitation. Topics in this series include: Geology & Soils Lab (first quarter); Atmosphere Lab (second quarter); Water Lab (third quarter); and Climate Patterns Lab (fourth quarter). There is a $20.00 lab fee due payable to the instructor on/before the first day of class for consumable materials.
|
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 20 | 1:00 pm | 1:55 pm | Wed | Logic Lab: Brain Benders | 5th-6th | Becca Sticha | 10 |
$200.00 $180.00 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Students will tackle a variety of puzzles, games, and riddles each week that will develop their critical thinking, logic, math reasoning, and problem-solving skills while having loads of fun in class! Hands-on activities may use cards, dice, coins, cubes, toothpicks, math board games, math card games, and of course, lots of numbers. Every activity is in essence a math problem, and students will learn tips and techniques for tackling the challenges. For each new puzzle, game, and riddle, students will learn concepts and strategies that they can apply to solving ANY math challenge, such as: the phases of solving a problem, what to do when you get stuck, how to make predictions, how to generalize from specific cases, and what questions to ask yourself. Example activities include the game of Thirty One, logic grids, cryptograms, and deduction games. Through these weekly activities, students will learn that math isn't just something done at a desk with pencil and paper, but is present everywhere you look, and that the ability to think mathematically can be not only useful, but also fun! Students can take this class each quarter as a different selection of puzzles, games, and activities will be introduced each session. Topics in this series include: Brain Boosters (Quarter 1), Brain Builders (Quarter 2), Brain Benders (Quarter 3), and Brain Busters (Quarter 4).
|
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 19 | 11:00 am | 11:55 am | Tue | Machine Makers: Apparatus | 3rd-4th | Becca Sticha | 10 |
$209.00 $188.10 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
LEGO Mindstorms components and motors are not just for building robots! These interconnecting pieces can be constructed into an infinite number of unique, mechanized machines- much like an erector set! Each quarter, students will build three or four unique inventions like a paper plane launcher, crossbow, a racing robot, and turntable. Students will incorporate simple machines, complex machines, and small motors into their projects. They will work with wheels, axles, beams, pulleys, tracks, gears, and specialty components used only in these classes. Topics in this Series: Inventions (Quarter 1); Creations (Quarter 2): Innovations (Quarter 3); and Apparatus (Quarter 4).
|
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 20 | 3:00 pm | 3:55 pm | Wed | Magical Creatures' Quest: A Tween Role Playing Club (Q3) | 5th-6th | Judith Harmon | 8 |
$158.00 $142.20 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Embark on a magical afternoon journey with "Magical Creatures' Quest: A Familiar Problem!" This enchanting club is for tweens (ages 10-12) who adore whimsical tales, creative adventures, and the magic of tabletop role-playing games. During each club meeting, the group will weave a captivating story where each participant takes on the role of a magical animal on a quest to reunite with its owner. Are you more like a daring dragon, mysterious mermaid, playful Pegasus, or a fearless fairy? Each meeting presents a new chapter, filled with challenges, mysteries, and opportunities for magical mischief. Tweens will unleash their creativity and collaborate with others to shape the adventure, solve puzzles, and make decisions to advance the story. The club is facilitated by an experienced Game Master who will guide students through the art of role-playing. Tweens will connect and form friendships with other middle schoolers who share a love of magical stories and imaginative play- in person! Previous role-playing experience is not required, but this club serves as a great introduction for tweens who might be interested in embarking on Dungeons and Dragons. This class is best suited for students who are active listeners, flexible, and easily adapt, have a sense of humor, and can work collaboratively in a group. Students need to be able to stay in sync with the flow of the class. This is not an "anything goes" or free-for-all class. Minimum age 10 to participate. Prerequisites: Minimum age 10 |
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 19 | 10:00 am | 10:55 am | Tue | Marvelous Myths and Mythical Marvels: Gods | 7th-8th | Judith Harmon | 12 |
$158.00 $142.20 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Explore the world of gargantuan gods, humble heroes, and malevolent monsters! Some ancient myths have plots that rival today's comics and blockbuster movies. Many myths still have millennia-old appeal because of their timeless tales of good versus evil, life and death, creation and the afterlife. This class explores the origins of early mythology, from the Egyptians to the Greeks, Romans, Celts, Aztecs, and more through epics, plays and poetry. Readers will explore the realm of mythology through short stories, class discussion, analyses, extension activities and projects that will boost comprehension and the understanding of myths as the basis for many other forms of modern media. Students will enjoy reading and discussing battles, romance, treachery, larger than life heroes and characters, intricate gods and goddesses, and all sorts of fantastical creatures! Third quarter, the class will explore Gods and Goddesses, the powerful and unpredictable beings who ruled the natural world and guided human fate. As examples, students will read about Zeus and the Olympians, Athena's contest with Arachne, and Loki's punishment among the Norse gods. They will also discover stories of creation and power from around the world, including Ganesha, Ra's journey across the sky, and Quetzalcoatl the creator. Topics in this Series include: Heroes (Quarter 1); Monsters (Quarter 2); Gods and Goddesses (Quarter 3), and Origin Tales (Quarter 4).
|
1 | |
| Semester | Jan 22 | 11:00 am | 11:55 am | Fri | Mastering Microsoft Office: Excel (Certificate Program) | 9th-12th | Tanya Oswalt | 10 |
$375.00 $337.50 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
You might have gone through high school using beginner-level Google tools like Docs, Sheets, and Slides, but to prepare for college and career, it might be time to learn Microsoft Office 365. While Google Workspace applications are generally liked for their ease of collaboration and cloud-based accessibility, Microsoft Office 365 tools are preferred in many majors and industries for their advanced features, refinement, and computing power. Any high school student who plans to pursue a college major in business, science, engineering, or other data-driven field should learn Microsoft Office, and anyone wishing to enter the job market or enhance their resume with recognized credentials as a Certified Microsoft Office Specialist should take this class. Furthermore, any student bound for college or the work world who is not proficient in these computer applications can take this class to catch up on 21st century skills. Second semester, students will work through official Microsoft study materials to become certified as a Microsoft Office Specialist (MOS) in Excel. Working in Excel will help as student create and manage worksheets and workbooks that can become professional-looking budgets, financial statements, sales invoices, data logs, and performance charts. Specific skills covered in the Excel Associate curriculum include: creating cells and ranges; creating tables; applying formulas and functions; creating charts and objects; creating and editing a workbook with multiple sheets; and using a graphic element to represent data visually. An additional benefit of this course may be earned college credit. The American Council on Education (ACE) has recommended that MOS certifications in Word, Excel, and PowerPoint be considered as computer application in higher education institutions. 1800 accredited ACE-member, degree-granting colleges, universities, and other education-related organizations may award college credit to students who earned these certifications. Prerequisite: Basic keyboarding skills. Levels: Students who take this course on-level can earn MOS certifications. Students who take both semesters of this course will additionally qualify as a Microsoft Office Specialist: Associate level for earning at least three certifications. Students who wish to pursue a more rigorous curriculum and designate this as an "honors" level course on their transcript can self-study for the Microsoft Office Specialist: Expert level which requires two additional exams passed at the Expert level (and additional testing fees of $200.) Equipment: Students should bring a laptop to class which has a local copy of Microsoft Office 2019 installed or a current subscription and access to Microsoft Office 365. Course Materials: Students will work from the official Microsoft Office Specialist study guides that will be provided in class and is included in the course tuition Assessment: Students will take computer-based exams for each application: The MO-110: Microsoft Word (Microsoft 365 Apps)and the MO-310: Microsoft PowerPoint (Microsoft 365 Apps) first semester and the MO-210: Microsoft Excel (Microsoft 365 Apps) second semester. Testing Fees: A fee of $100 per exam is required to take the Microsoft Office Specialist exams. Credit: Homeschool families may wish to count this course as a component (partial) credit in Career Exploration or Technology for purposes of a high school transcript.
|
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 21 | 10:00 am | 10:55 am | Thu | Math Masterminds: Great Discoveries | 5th-6th | Becca Sticha | 10 |
$200.00 $180.00 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Each week, students will tackle math puzzles, challenges, and learn new "tricks" and techniques to solve a variety of math problems, all while learning about the masterminds behind founding principles of modern mathematics. Students will learn about the life and times of a great mathematician and then explore key concepts, principles, and formulas introduced by the featured master. Students' problem- solving skills will be honed as they examine the historical, cultural, and personal context for discoveries in mathematics. The class will work sample problems and use experiments and manipulatives to demonstrate the formulas, theories, short-cuts, or alternate approaches suggested by famous mathematicians. , Third quarter, students will be exposed to a wide variety of mathematical terms and concepts from the ancient scientists Archimedes, Newton, Keplar, and Galileo. Topics in this Series: Geometry Challenges (Quarter 1); Pattens & Problems Solvers (Quarter 2); Great Discoveries (Quarter 3); and Modern Challenges (Quarter 4).
|
1 | |
| Semester | Jan 22 | 11:00 am | 11:55 am | Fri | Medieval History Reimagined: Crusades and Conquests (1096-1192) | 9th-12th | Taliesin Knol | 10 |
$440.00 $396.00 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
This class will use an interactive role-playing game (RPG) to immerse students in Medieval History. Students will be assigned land and titles to create a mock feudal system in which students collaborate and compete with classmates to better understand medieval society. By chance or choice, will they amass armies, capture castles, take titles, and repel rivals, or fail and fade into the pages of history? This semester continues where the Norman Conquests of the late 11th century left off, focusing instead on the campaign of the Latin Europeans to retake and hold Jerusalem "for Christendom." The Byzantine Empire had long ago lost control of the holy city of Jerusalem, forcing European pilgrims to undertake a dangerous journey through hostile lands. Continued defeat against the Seljuk Turks in Anatolia left Emperor Alexios unable to recruit and raise new troops, thus mercenaries were increasingly the core of the Byzantine army. To remedy this, Alexios asked Pope Urban II to send military aid in the spirit of "Christian cooperation" and for the protection of pilgrims to the Holy Land. What Alexios got was not an elite, well organized, or loyal army, but a rabble ranging from self-interested knights to an actual mob led by a strange hermit named Peter, and a shockingly large number of juveniles in the "Children's Crusade." It turns out that Pope Urban II was not interested in cooperation as much as he sought to establish himself as the most powerful man in Europe with a unified "holy army." Instead, he got powerful nobles seeking fame and fortune abroad; knights hoping to have their sins absolved; some who wanted only to fight; and tens of thousands of untrained peasants just along for the trip. The class will follow these Crusaders, with a myriad of motivations, most of whom hoped to claim personal fiefdoms in a strange new land.. or else die trying. Students will examine case studies taken from primary source documents in art and literature to learn how warfare, architecture, politics, law, and religion interplay to create the history of the world. They will build on this base of knowledge to continue the study of English history in future semesters. In this semester's RPG, students will be assigned a medieval estate and awarded noble titles but some will be Saxon, French, Italian, German, or Silico-Normans (Normans from Sicily). Students will develop their own coat of arms. Each will begin with similar wealth, populations, knights, and land, and wait to see how their fates unfold each week in a custom game described as a complicated, semester-long game of Risk or Medieval Axis & Allies. Topics in this Series: Rise of Norman Power (Semester 1), Crusades and Conquests (Semester 2). Students continuing from first semester receive priority pre-registration for second semester. Prerequisites: None Workload: Students should expect to spend 1-2 hours per week outside of class on readings. Assignments: Reading assignments will be assigned in class and noted in the weekly e-mail. Assessments: Short, open note in-class quizzes will be given, and students will have a semester project. What to Bring: Paper or notebook; pen or pencil; assigned articles. Credit: Homeschool families may wish to count this course as a component (partial) credit in world history for purposes of a high school transcript.
|
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 21 | 1:00 pm | 1:55 pm | Thu | Mega Maps: Age of Discovery- Africa & India | 3rd-5th | Taliesin Knol | 10 |
$220.00 $198.00 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Mega Maps is an interactive examination of the Age of Discovery, a period from the 15th to the 17th century in Europe. Against the backdrop of a giant, classroom-sized map, students will follow the European explorers who embarked on voyages of discovery, mapped new territories, established trade routes, and encountered new cultures and peoples. Students will engage in an inquiry-based investigation of the prominent explorers, learning about their finds and failures to gain an understanding of world history and geography, region-by-region. The class will cooperatively create the mega map adding features and details week by week as their understanding of the region expands. All students will contribute to coloring countries, depicting demarcations, rendering rivers, sketching seas, mapping mountains, delineating deserts, situating cities, crafting clay contours, and fashioning famous landmarks. The custom mega map will serve as a giant game board for in-class simulations, scavenger hunts, strategy games, and more. Third quarter, the class will follow explorers like Battuta, Henry the Navigator, da Gama, Dias, Livingstone, and Burton to Africa. There, these explorers led expeditions to areas now known as North Africa, the West African Coast, East Africa, Tanzania, Somalia, Ethiopia, Mozambique, Kenya, Madagascar, the Cape of Good Hope and the Nile. Students will trace the voyages and expeditions of these explorers on the mega map to understand the establishment of colonies, the exchange of goods and ideas between continents, and the intermingling of diverse cultures. There is a $15.00 supply fee due payable to the instructor on/before the start of class. Topics in this Series: South & Central America (Quarter 1); North America & the Caribbean (Quarter 2); Africa (Quarter 3), and Asia (Quarter 4).
|
1 | |
| Semester | Jan 19 | 11:00 am | 11:55 am | Tue | Middle School Musical- Spring | 6th-8th | Dr. Alina Kirshon-Goldman | 10 |
$491.00 $441.90 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
In the style of High School Musical or a glee club, Middle School Musical is designed for tween singers who want to have fun while taking their vocal performance to the next level. Students will learn and perform choral arrangements of music from musicals, movies, and contemporary favorites, including selections inspired by Glee. With 2- and 3-part harmonies, singers will work both as an ensemble and in solos, duets, or small group numbers. Solos are always optional, and students are encouraged at their individual comfort level, making this class a great fit for both experienced and more hesitant singers. This is a supportive, structured class where every student plays an important role. Students will develop vocal technique and performance skills such as posture, breathing, intonation, and blending, while also building musicality and confidence through consistent practice and collaboration. Instruction will also introduce basic music reading, including melody and harmony. As the semester progresses, students grow not only in skill but in confidence- learning to use their voices, taking apropriate risks, and contributing to a cohesive group performance. The semester will conclude with a showcase for families, where students share what they have learned in a warm and encouraging performance setting.
|
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 19 | 3:00 pm | 3:55 pm | Tue | Misunderstood Minions: Middle School Role Playing Club (Q3) | 7th-8th | Judith Harmon | 8 |
$158.00 $142.20 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Embark on a imaginative afternoon journey with "Misunderstood Minions!" This engaging club is for middle school students who adore fiction tales, creative adventures, and the thrill of tabletop role-playing games. During each club meeting, the group will weave a captivating story where each participant takes on the roles of villains, heroes, and "henchmen"- the mad minions who carry out an evil plot. Each meeting presents a new chapter, filled with challenges, mysteries, and opportunities for mischief. Tweens will unleash their creativity and collaborate with others to shape the adventure, solve puzzles, and make decisions to advance the story. The club is facilitated by an experienced game master Judith Harmon, author of the "Misunderstood Minions" gaming framework, who will guide students through the art of role-playing. Tweens will connect and form friendships with other middle schoolers who share a love of exaggerated stories and imaginative play- in person! This class is best suited for students who are active listeners, flexible, and easily adapt, have a sense of humor, and can work collaboratively in a group. Students need to be able to stay in sync with the flow of the class. This is not an "anything goes" or free-for-all class. Previous role-playing experience is not required, but this club serves as a great introduction for tweens and teens who might be interested in embarking on Dungeons and Dragons.
|
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 20 | 12:00 pm | 12:55 pm | Wed | Modeling the Great Conquests: Pirates Plunder the New World | 6th-8th | Taliesin Knol | 10 |
$220.00 $198.00 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
What happens when empires fight across the seas? Discover the age of exploration and conflict, from Spanish conquests to rival nations battling for land and treasure in the New World. As European wars spilled overseas, powerful navies clashed and carried riches across the Atlantic. When those wars ended, unemployed sailors turned to piracy, plundering ships and carving out their own fortunes. Students will choose from among several options for their diorama: a battlefield, seaports, or a medieval town. Using artistic model-making techniques, hand tools, and historical maps, students will create a 12" X 18" diorama board and populate it with 1:72 scale historical figures. Once individual projects are constructed, students will combine their dioramas alongside those of their classmates to approximate a larger battlefield terrain. Students will spend the remainder of the quarter learning about the tactics and outcomes of the military engagement while playing a table-top strategy game. Student strategists will use a simplified version of the Fire and Fury historical war gaming rule system for moving troops and equipment. Along with their classmates, students will see how battles progressed and test different outcome scenarios that might have occurred with different battlefield choices. Students will also receive dozens of miniatures to re-enact the historical battles! Course documents, such as period maps, game rules and all other instructional media will be available via a Google Drive link which will be emailed to parents. There is a $25.00 supply fee due payable to the instructor on/before the start of classes. Topics in this series include: Vikings Invade Europe(Quarter 1), Charlemagne Builds an Empire (Quarter 2), Pirates Plunder the New World (Quarter 3), Napoleon Falls at Waterloo (Quarter 4).
|
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 20 | 12:00 pm | 12:55 pm | Wed | Money Matters: Create & Launch (Personal Finance)- 12PM | 7th-8th | Iman Barzinji | 6 |
$211.00 $189.90 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Cash rules everything around us, from snacks and shoes, concert tickets and clothes, and the future ahead. "A penny saved is a penny earned," but small choices now can lead to big results later. If "money makes the world go 'round", how can you plan for the future? What decisions can you make now to reach your goals? Third quarter, students will explore the mindset and skills needed to become an entrepreneur. They will investigate how businesses begin by identifying problems and opportunities within their communities. Students will brainstorm and refine business ideas, define target audiences, and analyze competitors. They will learn how businesses generate revenue, set prices, and determine how many sales are needed to break even. The unit also covers start-up and operating costs, funding sources, and the basics of managing money as a business owner. Students will develop branding elements such as names, logos, and slogans, and practice communicating their ideas through marketing strategies and elevator pitches. The quarter culminates in a structured business plan project and presentation. Students will collaborate on idea-generation activities, conduct market research, and participate in creative challenges such as branding and pitch development. Through project-based learning, presentations, and peer feedback, they will experience the full process of launching and pitching a business concept. Topics in this series include: Earn & Spend (Quarter 1), Invest & Grown(Quarter 2), Create & Launch (Quarter 3), and Dream & Achieve (Quarter 4)
|
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 20 | 1:00 pm | 1:55 pm | Wed | Money Matters: Create & Launch (Personal Finance)- 1PM | 7th-8th | Iman Barzinji | 12 |
$211.00 $189.90 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Cash rules everything around us, from snacks and shoes, concert tickets and clothes, and the future ahead. "A penny saved is a penny earned," but small choices now can lead to big results later. If "money makes the world go 'round", how can you plan for the future? What decisions can you make now to reach your goals? Third quarter, students will explore the mindset and skills needed to become an entrepreneur. They will investigate how businesses begin by identifying problems and opportunities within their communities. Students will brainstorm and refine business ideas, define target audiences, and analyze competitors. They will learn how businesses generate revenue, set prices, and determine how many sales are needed to break even. The unit also covers start-up and operating costs, funding sources, and the basics of managing money as a business owner. Students will develop branding elements such as names, logos, and slogans, and practice communicating their ideas through marketing strategies and elevator pitches. The quarter culminates in a structured business plan project and presentation. Students will collaborate on idea-generation activities, conduct market research, and participate in creative challenges such as branding and pitch development. Through project-based learning, presentations, and peer feedback, they will experience the full process of launching and pitching a business concept. Topics in this series include: Earn & Spend (Quarter 1), Invest & Grown(Quarter 2), Create & Launch (Quarter 3), and Dream & Achieve (Quarter 4)
|
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 20 | 2:00 pm | 2:55 pm | Wed | Money Matters: Create & Launch (Personal Finance)- 2PM | 7th-8th | Iman Barzinji | 12 |
$211.00 $189.90 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Cash rules everything around us, from snacks and shoes, concert tickets and clothes, and the future ahead. "A penny saved is a penny earned," but small choices now can lead to big results later. If "money makes the world go 'round", how can you plan for the future? What decisions can you make now to reach your goals? Third quarter, students will explore the mindset and skills needed to become an entrepreneur. They will investigate how businesses begin by identifying problems and opportunities within their communities. Students will brainstorm and refine business ideas, define target audiences, and analyze competitors. They will learn how businesses generate revenue, set prices, and determine how many sales are needed to break even. The unit also covers start-up and operating costs, funding sources, and the basics of managing money as a business owner. Students will develop branding elements such as names, logos, and slogans, and practice communicating their ideas through marketing strategies and elevator pitches. The quarter culminates in a structured business plan project and presentation. Students will collaborate on idea-generation activities, conduct market research, and participate in creative challenges such as branding and pitch development. Through project-based learning, presentations, and peer feedback, they will experience the full process of launching and pitching a business concept. Topics in this series include: Earn & Spend (Quarter 1), Invest & Grown(Quarter 2), Create & Launch (Quarter 3), and Dream & Achieve (Quarter 4)
|
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 21 | 12:00 pm | 12:55 pm | Thu | Music Makers: Movement & Melodies (Q3) | K-2nd | To Be Assigned | 10 |
$184.00 $165.60 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Music Makers explores many facets of the musical experience- singing, moving, dancing, listening, and playing instruments. The class will explore musical stories, famous composers, and different genres of music while playing a variety of percussion instruments (drums, sticks, triangles, woodblocks and more!). Students will learn to play a beginning pitched instrument on glockenspiels (a small barred instrument like the xylophone). Music Makers classes provide a fun, pressure-free environment to experience music and movement with the goal of general musicianship and excellent preparation for further, individual instrument lessons if desired. Music Makers helps every child acquire the essential building blocks for a future of musical learning! Students may join Music Makers at any quarter, and they may return again and again since new music, themes, and skills are introduced weekly.
|
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 19 | 1:00 pm | 1:55 pm | Tue | Mystery Disease Diagnosis- Vile Viruses | 7th-8th | Dr. Michelle Housel | 12 |
$211.00 $189.90 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Can you crack the case before time runs out? Each week, students are presented with a new medical mystery. Armed with clues like a patient's age, symptoms, and history, they must ask the right diagnostic questions to uncover what is really going on. Has this patient traveled out of the country? Has he eaten a new food? Does she have a fever, rash, or weight loss? As they narrow down the possibilities, students will determine whether the illness is bacterial, viral, fungal, or parasitic while learning how diseases spread, how they are treated, and how they can be prevented. Third quarter, the mystery patients will be suffering from fungal infections. A partial list of featured diseases includes: Rabies, Influenza, and HIV/AIDS. Lab activities will utilize safe, lab-friendly organisms (e.g., non-pathogenic bacteria, yeast, and prepared slides). Topics in this series include: Baffling Bacteria (Quarter 1), Foul Fungus (Quarter 2), Vile Viruses (Quarter 3), and Pesky Parasites (Quarter 4). There is a $20.00 lab fee due payable to the instructor on/before the start of class.
|
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 22 | 12:00 am | 12:06 am | Fri | Natural Leaders: Winter | 6th-8th | Natural Leaders | 10 |
$622.00 $559.80 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Natural Leaders is an outdoor education and leadership program. Each week, the group will venture into the woods surrounding Lake Fairfax for an authentic, immersive adventure featuring hiking, outdoor skills, leadership, and camaraderie. At each meeting, students take turns in different roles that are key to the group's success, safety, and fun such as: coordinator (plan out the group's schedule for the day); navigator (following the map, practice orienteering); naturalist (investigate and present a lesson about local plants, animals or ecology); skills coaches (research, practice, and demonstrate a skill to others, such as knot tying or whittling); game master (plan and teach an group game or challenge); and safety officer (present on a safety or first aid topic) They will also learn survival skills such as fire-building, outdoor edibles, building shelters, use of knives, and safety/first aid. The student-led portions of the program promote group cohesion, cooperation, and friendship, while students benefit from the positive peer pressure to come prepared for their weekly roles and responsibilities. Tweens and teens will also become more confident and comfortable as leaders and outdoor adventurers as their self-reliance skills grow. Natural Leaders is supervised by an experienced Natural Leaders mentor, trained and supported in providing a positive experience and managing safety. They typically have a passion for sharing nature with kids, and may have a background in a range of skills such as wilderness first aid, survival skills, tracking, primitive skills, and experience in hiking, camping, rock climbing, water sports, etc. Natural Leaders meets weekly rain, snow, or shine, in all temperatures. Students should always dress is layers for the forecasted weather conditions. Registered students will receive more detailed instructions about what to wear, what to bring, and where to meet prior to the start of the program. Prerequisites: None |
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 21 | 2:15 pm | 3:10 pm | Thu | New Twists on Old Tales: Marvelous Myths- **MASKED** | 4th-7th | Judith Harmon | 10 |
$256.00 $230.40 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Our readers and writers will explore classic tales in a variety of creative, multi-media interpretations. Pulling from classic children's literature including fairy tales, fables, and favorites, such as Newberry Award medalists, the group will explore 3-4 well-known stories each quarter (generally spending 2 weeks per tale). For each story, the instructor will share a lively read-aloud of the featured story. Next, the class will watch a short clip of an animated, televised, or stage version of the same story. Finally, the group will hear a re-telling of the same story from a different angle, such as one adapted to a different theme, a different era, or a different culture. Students will discuss what was the same and what was different among the different adaptations. Was a character added or omitted? Was the performed version true to the original? Finally, students will write and illustrate their own, original re-telling of the story by changing characters, setting, or even crafting a surprise, new ending. New Twists on Old Tales introduces some basic literary elements and rudimentary literary analysis skills to encourage children to think more deeply about what they read. Topics in this Series: Favorite Fables (Quarter 1), Fantasy Fiction (Quarter 2), Marvelous Myths (Quarter 3), and Astonishing Adventures (Quarter 4)
|
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 27 | 4:00 pm | 5:30 pm | W | NoVA Homeschool Geography Bee (1/27/27) | 4th-8th | 11 | $10.00 |
Sign up here to participate in the Northern Virginia Homeschool Geography Bee on January 27, 2027 (4:00 pm- 5:30 pm). This is an independent bee that does not advance to a regional or state competition, as the National Geographic Bee has been cancelled indefinitely. The bee will use geography questions from prior years' National Geographic Bees. This is an in-person bee held at Compass's Herndon facility. All participants will receive a certificate and mementos, and the winner will receive a medal and a gift.
|
2 | |||
| Qtr 3 | Jan 20 | 3:00 pm | 3:55 pm | Wed | Oui Love French Club (Q3) | 4th-8th | Edwige Pinover | 10 |
$169.00 $152.10 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Parlez-vous fun? Whether you are a seasoned francophone or simply a fan of all things French, this lively club is your passport to language, culture, and connection. Students will practice conversational French in a relaxed, welcoming setting while diving into games, short TV clips, current events, and even French cartoons. From bonjour to bon appetit, every meeting offers something new to explore. Throughout the quarter, members will celebrate French culture and traditions, learning about holidays, customs, and everyday life across the French-speaking world. And because no French experience is complete without food, the club will head to the kitchen once or twice each quarter to prepare (and enjoy!) classic treats like crepes, madeleines, and macarons. Come for the conversation- stay for the culture, camaraderie, and cuisine!
|
1 | |
| Semester | Jan 18 | 10:00 am | 11:55 am | Mon | Outbreak! The Microbiology of Disease: Viruses & Parasites | 9th-12th | Dr. Michelle Housel | 12 |
$634.00 $570.60 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Out of breath, sudden fever, rash! What could be wrong with this patient? This class is a case-based approach to the many infectious diseases that humans share and contract from domestic animals. Each week, students will be introduced to a new pathogen. The class will integrate principles of microbiology, immunology, physiology, and pharmacology within the framework of each epidemic. We will also discuss the historical, economic, and societal impacts that plagues and pestilence resulting from these infectious agents have wrought over the course of recorded history. Second semester lectures and labs will cover viral and parasitic diseases, including Smallpox, Rabies, HIV/AIDS, Hookworm, Toxoplasma, and others. The class will include laboratory activities in microbiologic techniques. Students will become familiar with principles of laboratory safety, light microscopy, biologic stains, culture techniques, and common immunologic tests. Topics in this Series: Bacteria & Fungus (Semester 1), Viruses and Parasites (Semester 2), etc. Prerequisites: Although previous classwork in Biology and Chemistry will be helpful, they are not prerequisites. Levels: This class will be offered on two levels: Honors and On-Level. All class members share core material and participate in the same labs. Honors students will be assigned additional readings, homework questions, and lab reports. Workload: On-level students should expect to spend 1-2 hours per week on assigned readings and lab reports. Honors students should expect to spend 2-3 hours per week on work outside of the classroom. Assignments: All students will be expected to keep a lab manual for notetaking, lab reports, and assigned homework questions. Weekly readings will be documented in the course syllabus. Assessments: At the end of the semester, the instructor will review student notebooks and assign numerical scores to their notebooks, if requested, for the parents use in assigning letter grades. Textbook: Students should have access to: Lab/Supply Fee: A class fee of $100.00 is due payable to the instructor on the first day of class. Credit: Homeschool families may wish to count this course as a component (partial) credit in Lab Science for purposes of a high school transcript.
|
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 19 | 12:00 pm | 12:50 pm | Tue | Outdoor Science 3-4: Winter | 3rd-4th | Sevim Kalyoncu | 10 |
$160.00 $144.00 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Step outdoors and into nature's living laboratory! This outdoor science class immerses students in real-world field study where the woods, streams, and wetlands become the classroom. Each week, explorers will practice the methods of natural scientists as they investigate ecology, geology, zoology (local wildlife), botany (plants), ornithology (birds), mycology (fungi), and entomology (insects), in our own suburban ecosystem. Students will observe natural systems in action as they examine life cycles, the water cycle, and the local watershed; explore suburban wetlands; and uncover the balance between producers, consumers, and decomposers, as well as predator- prey relationships and food webs. Seasonal cycles will guide discoveries as young naturalists watch habitats transform and learn how plants and animals adapt throughout the year. Each week, students will explore the southern section of Sugarland Stream Valley Park in Herndon with a senior naturalist and outdoor educator. This program offers a refreshing break from sit-down, indoor, and screen-based learning,encouraging movement, fresh air, curiosity, and hands-on discovery. Students will learn to stop, look, listen, smell, touch, turn things over, and peek beneath the surface to uncover nature's hidden wonders. A portion of every session will focus on developing confidence and comfort in the outdoors. Emphasis will be placed on safe, respectful, and responsible exploration, environmental stewardship, and appreciating what we find in nature. Students will also enjoy nature-based games that reinforce teamwork and exploration skills. See Compass's Outdoor Classes webpage for more information on meeting location, what to bring, what to wear, inclement weather, and more.
|
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 20 | 12:00 pm | 12:50 pm | Wed | Outdoor Science 5-6: Winter | 5th-6th | Sevim Kalyoncu | 10 |
$160.00 $144.00 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Step outdoors and into nature's living laboratory! This outdoor science class immerses students in real-world field study where the woods, streams, and wetlands become the classroom. Each week, explorers will practice the methods of natural scientists as they investigate ecology, geology, zoology (local wildlife), botany (plants), ornithology (birds), mycology (fungi), and entomology (insects), in our own suburban ecosystem. Students will observe natural systems in action as they examine life cycles, the water cycle, and the local watershed; explore suburban wetlands; and uncover the balance between producers, consumers, and decomposers, as well as predator- prey relationships and food webs. Seasonal cycles will guide discoveries as young naturalists watch habitats transform and learn how plants and animals adapt throughout the year. Each week, students will explore the southern section of Sugarland Stream Valley Park in Herndon with a senior naturalist and outdoor educator. This program offers a refreshing break from sit-down, indoor, and screen-based learning,encouraging movement, fresh air, curiosity, and hands-on discovery. Students will learn to stop, look, listen, smell, touch, turn things over, and peek beneath the surface to uncover nature's hidden wonders. A portion of every session will focus on developing confidence and comfort in the outdoors. Emphasis will be placed on safe, respectful, and responsible exploration, environmental stewardship, and appreciating what we find in nature. Students will also enjoy nature-based games that reinforce teamwork and exploration skills. See Compass's Outdoor Classes webpage for more information on meeting location, what to bring, what to wear, inclement weather, and more.
|
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 19 | 11:00 am | 11:50 am | Tue | Outdoor Science K-2: Winter (TUE) | K-2nd | Sevim Kalyoncu | 10 |
$160.00 $144.00 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Step outdoors and into nature's living laboratory! This outdoor science class immerses students in real-world field study where the woods, streams, and wetlands become the classroom. Each week, explorers will practice the methods of natural scientists as they investigate ecology, geology, zoology (local wildlife), botany (plants), ornithology (birds), mycology (fungi), and entomology (insects), in our own suburban ecosystem. Students will observe natural systems in action as they examine life cycles, the water cycle, and the local watershed; explore suburban wetlands; and uncover the balance between producers, consumers, and decomposers, as well as predator- prey relationships and food webs. Seasonal cycles will guide discoveries as young naturalists watch habitats transform and learn how plants and animals adapt throughout the year. Each week, students will explore the southern section of Sugarland Stream Valley Park in Herndon with a senior naturalist and outdoor educator. This program offers a refreshing break from sit-down, indoor, and screen-based learning,encouraging movement, fresh air, curiosity, and hands-on discovery. Students will learn to stop, look, listen, smell, touch, turn things over, and peek beneath the surface to uncover nature's hidden wonders. A portion of every session will focus on developing confidence and comfort in the outdoors. Emphasis will be placed on safe, respectful, and responsible exploration, environmental stewardship, and appreciating what we find in nature. Students will also enjoy nature-based games that reinforce teamwork and exploration skills. See Compass's Outdoor Classes webpage for more information on meeting location, what to bring, what to wear, inclement weather, and more.
|
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 20 | 11:00 am | 11:50 am | Wed | Outdoor Science K-2: Winter (WED) | K-2nd | Sevim Kalyoncu | 10 |
$160.00 $144.00 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Step outdoors and into nature's living laboratory! This outdoor science class immerses students in real-world field study where the woods, streams, and wetlands become the classroom. Each week, explorers will practice the methods of natural scientists as they investigate ecology, geology, zoology (local wildlife), botany (plants), ornithology (birds), mycology (fungi), and entomology (insects), in our own suburban ecosystem. Students will observe natural systems in action as they examine life cycles, the water cycle, and the local watershed; explore suburban wetlands; and uncover the balance between producers, consumers, and decomposers, as well as predator- prey relationships and food webs. Seasonal cycles will guide discoveries as young naturalists watch habitats transform and learn how plants and animals adapt throughout the year. Each week, students will explore the southern section of Sugarland Stream Valley Park in Herndon with a senior naturalist and outdoor educator. This program offers a refreshing break from sit-down, indoor, and screen-based learning,encouraging movement, fresh air, curiosity, and hands-on discovery. Students will learn to stop, look, listen, smell, touch, turn things over, and peek beneath the surface to uncover nature's hidden wonders. A portion of every session will focus on developing confidence and comfort in the outdoors. Emphasis will be placed on safe, respectful, and responsible exploration, environmental stewardship, and appreciating what we find in nature. Students will also enjoy nature-based games that reinforce teamwork and exploration skills. See Compass's Outdoor Classes webpage for more information on meeting location, what to bring, what to wear, inclement weather, and more.
|
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 20 | 1:00 pm | 2:50 pm | Wed | Outdoor Survivor 3-4: Winter | 3rd-4th | Sevim Kalyoncu | 10 |
$320.00 $288.00 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Venture outdoors each week to explore the woods with a senior naturalist and mentor while learning valuable survival skills. Students will learn how to construct a temporary shelter, make cordage, craft a bow and arrow, identify edible plants, track animals, and purify water. The group will learn knife safety and skills like whittling a spoon and spatula; how to use maps and compass (orienteering), and basic first aid. Students will practice animal and plant identification and will catch and identify macro-invertebrates to determine stream health (outdoor temperatures permitting.) Emphasis will be on becoming comfortable with things you encounter outdoors, safe exploration of the woods, how to be a good steward of nature, and what to do if you ever became lost or injured in the woods. Skills will be reintroduced and adapted each each quarter because the available plants, animals, materials, and water sources change with each season. Students will have a blast, develop greater self-confidence, and build a strong connection to nature and to the real world! Explorations in the woods is for enrolled students only, and tag-along parents and siblings cannot be accommodated. For information on where the class meets, what to wear, and inclement weather, see the webpage for Compass's Outdoor Classes. See Compass's Outdoor Classes webpage for more information on meeting location, what to bring, what to wear, inclement weather, and more.
|
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 19 | 1:00 pm | 2:50 pm | Tue | Outdoor Survivor 5-6: Winter | 5th-6th | Sevim Kalyoncu | 10 |
$320.00 $288.00 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Venture outdoors each week to explore the woods with a senior naturalist and mentor while learning valuable survival skills. Students will learn how to construct a temporary shelter, make cordage, craft a bow and arrow, identify edible plants, track animals, and purify water. The group will learn knife safety and skills like whittling a spoon and spatula; how to use maps and compass (orienteering), and basic first aid. Students will practice animal and plant identification and will catch and identify macro-invertebrates to determine stream health (outdoor temperatures permitting.) Emphasis will be on becoming comfortable with things you encounter outdoors, safe exploration of the woods, how to be a good steward of nature, and what to do if you ever became lost or injured in the woods. Skills will be reintroduced and adapted each each quarter because the available plants, animals, materials, and water sources change with each season. Students will have a blast, develop greater self-confidence, and build a strong connection to nature and to the real world! Explorations in the woods is for enrolled students only, and tag-along parents and siblings cannot be accommodated. For information on where the class meets, what to wear, and inclement weather, see the webpage for Compass's Outdoor Classes. See Compass's Outdoor Classes webpage for more information on meeting location, what to bring, what to wear, inclement weather, and more.
|
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 21 | 11:00 am | 11:55 am | Thu | Past Places: History & Geography through Games- Imperial Asia (11am) | 6th-8th | Taliesin Knol | 10 |
$220.00 $198.00 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Learn history and geography through hands-on, interactive play rather than by studying flat, dull maps! Many great games feature play on map-based boards that can be used as teaching tools. Visual and kinesthetic learners will remember where Mongolia and Madagascar are when they have amassed miniature armies there! The instructor will use board games from his personal collection as teaching tools. In addition, he creates custom boards to use with modified game rules and playing pieces.
Third quarter, students will learn about the Imperial Asia with a focus on Feudal Japan using a custom table-top map of Japan and the rules and playing pieces adapted from the game Ikusa (aka Shogun) and Axis and Allies. Students play using actual Japanese clan names as they learn about feudal Japanese shoguns, samurai, and feudal warfare. The game continues week-to-week with students reviewing the geography as they set the game back up. For this conflict, students learn which regions were engaged and where they were located, capitals and key cities, shared borders and boundaries, and prominent geographic features and waterways. They gain an understanding of why feudal clans were at war and how those events influenced history and the modern map. Topics in this series include: The 18th Century World (Quarter 1); The American Civil War (Quarter 2), Imperial Asia (Quarter 3), and The World at War- WWI (Quarter 4).
|
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 21 | 12:00 pm | 12:55 pm | Thu | Past Places: History & Geography through Games- Imperial Asia (12pm) | 6th-8th | Taliesin Knol | 10 |
$220.00 $198.00 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Learn history and geography through hands-on, interactive play rather than by studying flat, dull maps! Many great games feature play on map-based boards that can be used as teaching tools. Visual and kinesthetic learners will remember where Mongolia and Madagascar are when they have amassed miniature armies there! The instructor will use board games from his personal collection as teaching tools. In addition, he creates custom boards to use with modified game rules and playing pieces.
Third quarter, students will learn about the Imperial Asia with a focus on Feudal Japan using a custom table-top map of Japan and the rules and playing pieces adapted from the game Ikusa (aka Shogun) and Axis and Allies. Students play using actual Japanese clan names as they learn about feudal Japanese shoguns, samurai, and feudal warfare. The game continues week-to-week with students reviewing the geography as they set the game back up. For this conflict, students learn which regions were engaged and where they were located, capitals and key cities, shared borders and boundaries, and prominent geographic features and waterways. They gain an understanding of why feudal clans were at war and how those events influenced history and the modern map. Topics in this series include: The 18th Century World (Quarter 1); The American Civil War (Quarter 2), Imperial Asia (Quarter 3), and The World at War- WWI (Quarter 4).
|
1 | |
| Semester | Jan 22 | 1:00 pm | 1:55 pm | Fri | Political Science through Current Events (Sem 2) | 9th-12th | Dr. Albert Thompson | 12 |
$402.00 $361.80 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Seventy-seven percent of Americans ages 18 - 34 do not recognize either senator from their home state and 53 percent of millennials cannot name even one US Supreme Court justice. Yet there are celebrities from Hollywood, the NFL, and the music industry who have a recognition rate of 98%. Why are so many young Americans disconnected and disinterested in politics, government, economics, and most current events? One reason may be because these subjects seem dull and dated. They require looking backward and may appear devoid of things teens care about. Yet, an understanding of these issues is what is needed to ensure engaged, informed citizens who understand our country's policies and politics. This course will examine the top stories and news of the day and put them in the context of our political institutions and free enterprise system. The class will select topics and trends from the news and evaluate what is "really" behind them. Migrants gathering along our southern border: Can a president change our immigration policy? Mounting student loan burden: Can Congress erase the debt? Governors failing their states: What is a recall? This class will help students understand current events and contemporary controversies by connecting them to the building blocks of political science: American history, government, politics, and economics. This class will employ a Socratic method of teaching. Students should be active, engaged contributors, who come to class prepared to participate in weekly discussions. Each class meeting will be approximately 2/3 discussion of current topics and 1/3 discussion/lecture on connecting the issue to relevant principles in political science and public policy. Students will be assigned weekly readings or short news videos/documentaries which will provide background and context on the issues they are discussing. Prerequisites: None Workload: Students should expect to spend 2-3 hours per week outside of class on homework. Assignments: Assignments will consist of reading newspapers or magazine articles, viewing newsclips, and replying to online prompts. PDF articles and assigned links will be posted in the class Canvas portal. Assessments: Points will be awarded for the class participation and online responses to class discussion and prompts.Parents can assign a grade based on the number of points earned as compared to the number of points available. Textbook/Materials: Students should subscribe to the Washington Post, New York Times, or Wall Street Journal where they will read current topics. In addition, students will each select an online, independent newspaper from a secondary market to follow. Credit: Homeschool families may wish to count this course as partial credit in Humanities/Social Studies for purposes of a high school transcript. (Full credit for both semesters)
|
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 20 | 1:00 pm | 1:55 pm | Wed | Power-Up Parkour for Kids (Q3) | 4th-6th | MindShift Gym | 12 |
$190.00 $171.00 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Ready to leap, vault, and move like a real-life ninja or superhero? In this action-packed parkour class, students learn to tackle obstacles with speed, control, and confidence as they run, jump, and climb through structured challenges. Along the way, they build strength, coordination, and focus while channeling big energy into smart, controlled movement. All equipment is furnished. Students are asked to wear loose, comfortable clothing, such as running pants or sweatpants, and comfortable, supportive athletic shoes. Sandals, crocs, flip-flops or slides may not be worn. Power-Up Parkour continues each quarter, and students may repeat the class to continue to improve fitness and agility. No two workouts are the same!
|
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 20 | 10:00 am | 10:55 am | Wed | Preschool Art Adventures: Terrific Textures | 3-1/2- 5 years | Natalia Malley | 8 |
$194.00 $174.60 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Big creativity for little hands! This playful, hands-on Let's get touchy-feely with art! Third quarter, preschoolers will explore how art can look and feel through exciting, hands-on projects. From Students must be at least 3-1/2 years old and able to separate and participate independently in a small group setting. There is a $20.00 supply fee due payable to the instructor on/before the first day of class. Topics in this series include: Creative Color (Q1), Super Shapes (Q2), Terrific Texture (Q3), and Fun with Forms (Q4).
|
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 20 | 12:00 pm | 12:55 pm | Wed | Programming Projects: Sphero Robotic Ball | 1st-3rd | Michele Forsythe | 12 |
$216.00 $194.40 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Every parent knows that kids are curious, captivated, and quick to learn technology-based products. Programming Projects builds on that curiosity to introduce computer science basics, problem-solving, and computational thinking through play-based learning. Third quarter, students will work with Sphero Mini Robot Balls which are spherical, bluetooth enabled robots encased in a clear jacket. Think of BB-8 in Star Wars! Students can code these robots using "drawing" (literally dragging their finger on a computer screen) or block coding with Scratch. Students will work in teams to direct Sphero Mini Robots through mazes and obstacle courses, make them talk, and race them. Inside the Robot ball, there is a gyroscope, accelerometer, and colorful LED lights that are manipulated through simple coding. Once students have mastered programming through drawing on screen, they will learn to control the Robot ball through simple programming in the Sphero Play app or the Sphero Edu app on a phone or tablet. All equipment and devices will be provided by the instructor. Learn more about the Sphero Mini Robot Ball here. https://youtu.be/YxlLeiVo3gM Note: Students must be minimum age 6. Kindergartners may not enroll. There is a $20.00 technology use fee due payable to the instructor on/before the first day. Topics in this series include: Sphero indi Robotic Cars (Quarter 1), Scratch Coding (Quarter 2), Sphero Robotic Ball Quarter 3) and Tinkercad Design (Quarter 4) Prerequisites: Minimum age 6 (Kindergartners may not enroll) |
1 | |
| Semester | Jan 18 | 11:00 am | 11:55 am | Mon | Python Programming: Advanced Beginner | 8th-12th | Sandy Preaux | 12 |
$391.00 $351.90 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Do you want to learn the world's fastest growing programming language that is used by Google, NASA, YouTube and the CIA? Python is a versatile, easy-to-learn beginner-level programming language and gateway to foundational concepts in computer science. Second semester, students transition from writing simple scripts to building more complex, data-driven software using professional tools and workflows. Students begin by learning version control with Git and GitHub, establishing habits used by real-world developers. They will then explore core data structures, including lists and dictionaries, and learn how to store, organize, and manipulate collections of data. As their programs grow in complexity, students will practice iterating through data, handling errors with try/except blocks, and working with nested structures to model real-world systems. Instruction will also introduce function scope, modules and libraries, and file input/output, allowing students to create programs that are modular, reusable, and capable of saving data. Emphasis is placed on algorithmic thinking, including basic searching techniques, as well as ethical coding practices and proper attribution of sources. This is a highly hands-on semester, with projects such as list makers, dice roller, digital dictionary, password generators, and interactive graphics programs. The course culminates in a midterm data management project and a final project in which students design and code a mini-game like Hangman or Wordle, demonstrating their ability to structure, organize, and implement code like a developing software engineer. Prerequisites:Completion of Algebra I Workload: Students should expect to spend 1-2 hours per week outside of class reading and completing projects. Assignments: All assignments and readings will be posted on password-protected Canvas classroom management site. Assessments:Completed assignments, projects, and participation will be assessed points. Parents can calculate a letter grade using the student's points earned divided by points available. Parents may view all scoring and comments at any time through the Canvas site. What to Bring: Paper or notebook, pen or pencil, and laptop. Credit: Homeschool families may wish to count both semesters of this course as a half credit in technology or a career exploration election. Prerequisites: Python, Semester 1 |
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 20 | 10:00 am | 10:55 am | Wed | Reading Rally: Language Arts Adventure- Level 2 (Q3) | 2nd-3rd | Tanya Oswalt | 8 |
$219.00 $197.10 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
If your child is going to read, let's make it unforgettable. Rich stories, vivid characters, and books they actually want to open. No dry passages. No busywork. Just real literature that pulls them in and keeps them thinking long after the last page. Strong reading and writing skills do not just matter in language arts. They drive success across every subject. This dynamic weekly reading group is built for small cohorts of 6 to 10 students working at a similar level. The setting allows kids to feel confident, appropriately challenged, and genuinely engaged. Guided by an experienced language arts teacher, students move through a literature-based curriculum that connects everything they learn. In this class, books are the center of it all. Vocabulary grows naturally from the story. Grammar is taught in context. Writing assignments are meaningful and tied directly to characters, themes, and ideas. The result is a cohesive and immersive approach to language arts that sticks. Each week, students explore engaging texts while building critical skills such as comprehension, prediction, visualization, and verbal expression. Reading should feel like an adventure. In this class, it is. Books covered in this level include: Quarter 2: Quarter 3: Quarter 4: Placement: Readiness matters. Because this is a comprehensive program, students should be working at a similar level in reading, comprehension, and writing. Parents are encouraged to use results from a nationally normed assessment, such as those used for the Virginia Evidence of Progress to confirm their child's grade level equivalency. This program is designed for students who thrive in a traditional literature-based setting. Students who are more than one year behind in language arts, or who show a significant gap between reading and writing skills, may be better supported in the Reading Ready program or through private tutoring. Students with diagnosed learning differences such as dyslexia, dysgraphia, ADHD, or language processing disorders may benefit more from the structured literacy approach offered in the Reading Ready program. Homework: Learning continues at home in a simple, manageable way. Families receive themed activities that reinforce skills without adding stress. For many learners, Reading Rally can serve as a complete language arts program, covering reading, comprehension, writing, spelling, and grammar without the need for additional curriculum. Supply Fee: The fee for mass market paperback copies of the class texts is included.
|
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 20 | 11:00 am | 11:55 am | Wed | Reading Rally: Language Arts Adventure- Level 3 (Q3) | 3rd-4th | Tanya Oswalt | 10 |
$214.00 $192.60 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
If your child is going to read, let's make it unforgettable. Rich stories, vivid characters, and books they actually want to open. No dry passages. No busywork. Just real literature that pulls them in and keeps them thinking long after the last page. Strong reading and writing skills do not just matter in language arts. They drive success across every subject. This dynamic weekly reading group is built for small cohorts of 6 to 10 students working at a similar level. The setting allows kids to feel confident, appropriately challenged, and genuinely engaged. Guided by an experienced language arts teacher, students move through a literature-based curriculum that connects everything they learn. In this class, books are the center of it all. Vocabulary grows naturally from the story. Grammar is taught in context. Writing assignments are meaningful and tied directly to characters, themes, and ideas. The result is a cohesive and immersive approach to language arts that sticks. Each week, students explore engaging texts while building critical skills such as comprehension, prediction, visualization, and verbal expression. Reading should feel like an adventure. In this class, it is. Books covered in this level include: Quarter 3:
Quarter 4:
Placement: Readiness matters. Because this is a comprehensive program, students should be working at a similar level in reading, comprehension, and writing. Parents are encouraged to use results from a nationally normed assessment, such as those used for the Virginia Evidence of Progress to confirm their child's grade level equivalency. This program is designed for students who thrive in a traditional literature-based setting. Students who are more than one year behind in language arts, or who show a significant gap between reading and writing skills, may be better supported in the Reading Ready program or through private tutoring. Students with diagnosed learning differences such as dyslexia, dysgraphia, ADHD, or language processing disorders may benefit more from the structured literacy approach offered in the Reading Ready program. Homework: Learning continues at home in a simple, manageable way. Families receive themed activities that reinforce skills without adding stress. For many learners, Reading Rally can serve as a complete language arts program, covering reading, comprehension, writing, spelling, and grammar without the need for additional curriculum. Supply Fee: The fee for mass market paperback copies of the class texts is included.
|
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 20 | 12:00 pm | 12:55 pm | Wed | Reading Rally: Language Arts Adventure- Level 4 (Q3) | 4th-5th | Tanya Oswalt | 8 |
$219.00 $197.10 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
If your child is going to read, let's make it unforgettable. Rich stories, vivid characters, and books they actually want to open. No dry passages. No busywork. Just real literature that pulls them in and keeps them thinking long after the last page. Strong reading and writing skills do not just matter in language arts. They drive success across every subject. This dynamic weekly reading group is built for small cohorts of 6 to 10 students working at a similar level. The setting allows kids to feel confident, appropriately challenged, and genuinely engaged. Guided by an experienced language arts teacher, students move through a literature-based curriculum that connects everything they learn. In this class, books are the center of it all. Vocabulary grows naturally from the story. Grammar is taught in context. Writing assignments are meaningful and tied directly to characters, themes, and ideas. The result is a cohesive and immersive approach to language arts that sticks. Each week, students explore engaging texts while building critical skills such as comprehension, prediction, visualization, and verbal expression. Reading should feel like an adventure. In this class, it is. Books covered in this level include: Quarter 3:
Quarter 4:
Placement: Readiness matters. Because this is a comprehensive program, students should be working at a similar level in reading, comprehension, and writing. Parents are encouraged to use results from a nationally normed assessment, such as those used for the Virginia Evidence of Progress to confirm their child's grade level equivalency. This program is designed for students who thrive in a traditional literature-based setting. Students who are more than one year behind in language arts, or who show a significant gap between reading and writing skills, may be better supported in the Reading Ready program or through private tutoring. Students with diagnosed learning differences such as dyslexia, dysgraphia, ADHD, or language processing disorders may benefit more from the structured literacy approach offered in the Reading Ready program. Homework: Learning continues at home in a simple, manageable way. Families receive themed activities that reinforce skills without adding stress. For many learners, Reading Rally can serve as a complete language arts program, covering reading, comprehension, writing, spelling, and grammar without the need for additional curriculum. Supply Fee: The fee for mass market paperback copies of the class texts is included.
|
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 20 | 1:00 pm | 1:55 pm | Wed | Reading Rally: Language Arts Adventure- Level 5 (Q3) | 5th-6th | Tanya Oswalt | 8 |
$216.00 $194.40 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
If your child is going to read, let's make it unforgettable. Rich stories, vivid characters, and books they actually want to open. No dry passages. No busywork. Just real literature that pulls them in and keeps them thinking long after the last page. Strong reading and writing skills do not just matter in language arts. They drive success across every subject. This dynamic weekly reading group is built for small cohorts of 6 to 10 students working at a similar level. The setting allows kids to feel confident, appropriately challenged, and genuinely engaged. Guided by an experienced language arts teacher, students move through a literature-based curriculum that connects everything they learn. In this class, books are the center of it all. Vocabulary grows naturally from the story. Grammar is taught in context. Writing assignments are meaningful and tied directly to characters, themes, and ideas. The result is a cohesive and immersive approach to language arts that sticks. Each week, students explore engaging texts while building critical skills such as comprehension, prediction, visualization, and verbal expression. Reading should feel like an adventure. In this class, it is. Books covered in this level include: Quarter 3:
Quarter 4:
Placement: Readiness matters. Because this is a comprehensive program, students should be working at a similar level in reading, comprehension, and writing. Parents are encouraged to use results from a nationally normed assessment, such as those used for the Virginia Evidence of Progress to confirm their child's grade level equivalency. This program is designed for students who thrive in a traditional literature-based setting. Students who are more than one year behind in language arts, or who show a significant gap between reading and writing skills, may be better supported in the Reading Ready program or through private tutoring. Students with diagnosed learning differences such as dyslexia, dysgraphia, ADHD, or language processing disorders may benefit more from the structured literacy approach offered in the Reading Ready program. Homework: Learning continues at home in a simple, manageable way. Families receive themed activities that reinforce skills without adding stress. For many learners, Reading Rally can serve as a complete language arts program, covering reading, comprehension, writing, spelling, and grammar without the need for additional curriculum. Supply Fee: The fee for mass market paperback copies of the class texts is included.
|
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 20 | 2:00 pm | 2:55 pm | Wed | Reading Rally: Language Arts Adventure- Level 6 (Q3) | 7th-8th | Tanya Oswalt | 8 |
$213.00 $191.70 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
If your child is going to read, let's make it unforgettable. Rich stories, vivid characters, and books they actually want to open. No dry passages. No busywork. Just real literature that pulls them in and keeps them thinking long after the last page. Strong reading and writing skills do not just matter in language arts. They drive success across every subject. This dynamic weekly reading group is built for small cohorts of 6 to 10 students working at a similar level. The setting allows kids to feel confident, appropriately challenged, and genuinely engaged. Guided by an experienced language arts teacher, students move through a literature-based curriculum that connects everything they learn. In this class, books are the center of it all. Vocabulary grows naturally from the story. Grammar is taught in context. Writing assignments are meaningful and tied directly to characters, themes, and ideas. The result is a cohesive and immersive approach to language arts that sticks. Each week, students explore engaging texts while building critical skills such as comprehension, prediction, visualization, and verbal expression. Reading should feel like an adventure. In this class, it is. Books covered in this level include: Quarter 3:
Quarter 4:
Placement: Readiness matters. Because this is a comprehensive program, students should be working at a similar level in reading, comprehension, and writing. Parents are encouraged to use results from a nationally normed assessment, such as those used for the Virginia Evidence of Progress to confirm their child's grade level equivalency. This program is designed for students who thrive in a traditional literature-based setting. Students who are more than one year behind in language arts, or who show a significant gap between reading and writing skills, may be better supported in the Reading Ready program or through private tutoring. Students with diagnosed learning differences such as dyslexia, dysgraphia, ADHD, or language processing disorders may benefit more from the structured literacy approach offered in the Reading Ready program. Homework: Learning continues at home in a simple, manageable way. Families receive themed activities that reinforce skills without adding stress. For many learners, Reading Rally can serve as a complete language arts program, covering reading, comprehension, writing, spelling, and grammar without the need for additional curriculum. Supply Fee: The fee for mass market paperback copies of the class texts is included.
|
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 20 | 2:00 pm | 2:55 pm | Wed | Restaurant Rewinds for Kids (Q3) | 5th-6th | Mylene Nyman | 8 |
$215.00 $193.50 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Skip the takeout and make it yourself! Many of your favorite restaurant dishes can be recreated right at home with fresh ingredients and full control over what goes into your food. By cooking them yourself, you can avoid preservatives and additives while cutting costs. Get the flavor of dining out without ever leaving your kitchen.This quarter, Compass chefs will make:
Students will be eating what they make each week and bringing home the recipes and leftovers. These engaging cooking classes will get students excited about helping in the kitchen, experimenting, and trying new foods. Students will be exposed to healthy ingredients they may not regularly eat. They will learn important kitchen skills such as safety, sanitation, measuring, knife skills, and other tricks of the trade. Culinary vocabulary and terms are introduced each week, with no-pressure verbal review of those words the following week. Notes: (1) Students with allergies to food ingredients or dietary restrictions cannot be accommodated in this class. Recipes may contain nuts, dairy, wheat, gluten, and eggs. All food supplies will be conventional, mass market ingredients. Specialty food preparations/certifications such as halal, kosher, and organic will not be used due to cost and sourcing logistics. Lab/Supply Fee: A class fee of $45.00 is due payable to the instructor on or before the first day of class. What to Wear: Students should wear clean clothes and have long hair tied back, braided, or secured under a bandana (male and female). Cooking Class Requirements:For more information and FAQs, see the Compass Cooking Classes webpage.
|
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 20 | 1:00 pm | 1:55 pm | Wed | Restaurant Rewinds for Tweens (Q3) | 7th-8th | Mylene Nyman | 8 |
$215.00 $193.50 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Skip the takeout and make it yourself! Many of your favorite restaurant dishes can be recreated right at home with fresh ingredients and full control over what goes into your food. By cooking them yourself, you can avoid preservatives and additives while cutting costs. Get the flavor of dining out without ever leaving your kitchen.This quarter, Compass chefs will make:
Students will be eating what they make each week and bringing home the recipes and leftovers. These engaging cooking classes will get students excited about helping in the kitchen, experimenting, and trying new foods. Students will be exposed to healthy ingredients they may not regularly eat. They will learn important kitchen skills such as safety, sanitation, measuring, knife skills, and other tricks of the trade. Culinary vocabulary and terms are introduced each week, with no-pressure verbal review of those words the following week. Notes: (1) Students with allergies to food ingredients or dietary restrictions cannot be accommodated in this class. Recipes may contain nuts, dairy, wheat, gluten, and eggs. All food supplies will be conventional, mass market ingredients. Specialty food preparations/certifications such as halal, kosher, and organic will not be used due to cost and sourcing logistics. Lab/Supply Fee: A class fee of $45.00 is due payable to the instructor on or before the first day of class. What to Wear: Students should wear clean clothes and have long hair tied back, braided, or secured under a bandana (male and female). Cooking Class Requirements:For more information and FAQs, see the Compass Cooking Classes webpage.
|
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 21 | 2:00 pm | 2:55 pm | Thu | Robot Fab Lab: Mars Rover (THU) | 5th-6th | Becca Sticha | 10 |
$209.00 $188.10 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Student engineers will be challenged to design, build, and program a robot to explore a simulated Martian challenge. Each rover will have to fit in a mock Mars lander and be able to drive out the lander door, down a ramp, and onto the Mars surface. Once in the Compass Mars environment, each lander must be able to maintain a course while driving over a bumpy terrain and pick up and collect red rocks while ignoring Martian rocks of other colors. Student engineers will be challenged to design, build, and program a robot to complete several unique mazes in the fastest possible time. Students will learn to program their robots to make "decisions" when exploring an unfamiliar maze such as "go straight until you encounter a wall" and "turn to the right if you run into an obstacle." Students will use the LEGO MINDSTORMS Education EV3 robotics sets. They will build with motors, wheels/axles, gears, levers, and special components. Students will have to install touch, sound, color, gyro, ultrasonic, and/or infrared sensors while also learning to program sequences and commands that use input/output devices for controlled movements and precise turns. Using the drag-and-drop EV3 programming menu, students will learn to program their robots while experimenting with key concepts such as fixed values, variables, loops, and logic constructs. This course integrates science, engineering and computational thinking while introducing physical constraints, units of measurement, and coordinate systems. But, don't worry, this is a beginning robotics class. Prior experience is not expected, but returning students are welcome. Each student will build his/her own robotic project, so students can progress and customize at their own pace. In general, in this class, students will spend two weeks assembling, three weeks programming, and two weeks testing and re-designing. Topics in this Series: Maze Runner (Quarter 1), Sumo Bots (Quarter 2), Mars Rover (Quarter 3), and Explore Atlantis (Quarter 4).
|
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 19 | 10:00 am | 10:55 am | Tue | Robot Fab Lab: Mars Rover (TUE) | 5th-6th | Becca Sticha | 10 |
$209.00 $188.10 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Student engineers will be challenged to design, build, and program a robot to explore a simulated Martian challenge. Each rover will have to fit in a mock Mars lander and be able to drive out the lander door, down a ramp, and onto the Mars surface. Once in the Compass Mars environment, each lander must be able to maintain a course while driving over a bumpy terrain and pick up and collect red rocks while ignoring Martian rocks of other colors. Student engineers will be challenged to design, build, and program a robot to complete several unique mazes in the fastest possible time. Students will learn to program their robots to make "decisions" when exploring an unfamiliar maze such as "go straight until you encounter a wall" and "turn to the right if you run into an obstacle." Students will use the LEGO MINDSTORMS Education EV3 robotics sets. They will build with motors, wheels/axles, gears, levers, and special components. Students will have to install touch, sound, color, gyro, ultrasonic, and/or infrared sensors while also learning to program sequences and commands that use input/output devices for controlled movements and precise turns. Using the drag-and-drop EV3 programming menu, students will learn to program their robots while experimenting with key concepts such as fixed values, variables, loops, and logic constructs. This course integrates science, engineering and computational thinking while introducing physical constraints, units of measurement, and coordinate systems. But, don't worry, this is a beginning robotics class. Prior experience is not expected, but returning students are welcome. Each student will build his/her own robotic project, so students can progress and customize at their own pace. In general, in this class, students will spend two weeks assembling, three weeks programming, and two weeks testing and re-designing. Topics in this Series: Maze Runner (Quarter 1), Sumo Bots (Quarter 2), Mars Rover (Quarter 3), and Explore Atlantis (Quarter 4).
|
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 18 | 2:00 pm | 3:55 pm | Mon | Roleplayers' Realm: D & D Club (Q3) | 8th-12th | Taliesin Knol | 10 |
$235.00 $211.50 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Step into a world of imagination, strategy, and storytelling! In this club, teens will work together to create characters, explore fantasy worlds, and go on epic adventures using the popular tabletop roleplaying game, Dungeons & Dragons. Through creative problem-solving, teamwork, and storytelling, members will learn the basics of the game while building friendships and having fun. No experience is needed-just a sense of adventure! All games and scenarios will be moderated and facilitated by an experienced Compass instructor and Dungeon Master.
|
1 | |
| Semester | Jan 22 | 1:00 pm | 1:55 pm | Fri | SAT/PSAT Skills & Strategies Workshop (FRI) | 10th-12th | Becca Sticha | 4 |
$548.00 $493.20 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Standardized test scores continue to play an important role in college admissions- especially for homeschooled students. Test scores provide colleges with a trusted, objective measure of academic readiness. Even at test-optional schools, strong PSAT or SAT scores can strengthen an application, open doors to merit scholarships, and help students stand out in a competitive pool. Prerequisites: Algebra I |
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 18 | 1:00 pm | 2:55 pm | Mon | SAT/PSAT Skills & Strategies Workshop (MON Q3) | 10th-12th | Becca Sticha | 6 |
$568.00 $511.20 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Standardized test scores continue to play an important role in college admissions- especially for homeschooled students. Test scores provide colleges with a trusted, objective measure of academic readiness. Even at test-optional schools, strong PSAT or SAT scores can strengthen an application, open doors to merit scholarships, and help students stand out in a competitive pool. Prerequisites: Algebra I |
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Mar 03 | 4:00 pm | 6:30 pm | W | Senior Spelling Bee (3/3/2027) | 4th-9th | 9 | $10.00 |
Register here to participate in the Senior Spelling Bee on March 3, 2027 at 4:00 pm. Senior Spelling Bee is for students ages 9-15. This is an in-person bee held at Compass's Herndon facility. All participants will receive a certificate and mementos, and the winner will receive a medal. The Senior Spelling Bee, an "official" school bee which feeds into the Fairfax County and National Scripps Spelling Bee.
|
2 | |||
| Qtr 3 | Jan 20 | 12:00 pm | 12:55 pm | Wed | Sew Fun: Adorable Accessories | 4th-6th | Judith Harmon | 10 |
$152.00 $136.80 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Kids will learn the basics of hand sewing and discover it is "sew fun" to create items that can play with and use every day. Third quarter, kids will sew a small purse or bag, a hat, and a pair of slippers. Kids will learn practical sewing skills such as pinning and placement, a running stitch, attaching a button, scissor skills, stuffing, and working with simple patterns. The group will be working with pre-cut felt components from kits that will be enhanced with buttons and embellishments. Since students may work at different rates, some projects may not be completed in class and will be sent home to finish sewing with the newly learned skills. Students should be at age/grade level for fine motor skills for this class. Topics in this series include: Dazzling DIY Decor (Quarter 1), Crafted Keepsakes (Quarter 2), Adorable Accessories (Quarter 3), and Cool Characters (Quarter 4). A material fee of $35.00 is due payable to the instructor on/before the first day of class.
|
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 20 | 11:00 am | 11:55 am | Wed | Sew Simple: Dynamic Dinos | 1st-3rd | Judith Harmon | 10 |
$152.00 $136.80 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Little kids will learn the basics of hand sewing and discover it is "sew simple" to create fun things they can play with and use every day. Third quarter, little kids will sew an adorable dino family and their Jurassic accessories: a t-rex, stegosaurus, triceratops, baby dino in an egg, a palm tree, and a volcano. Kids will learn practical sewing skills such as pinning and placement, a running stitch, attaching a button, scissor skills, and stuffing. The group will be working with pre-cut felt components from kits that will be enhanced with buttons and accessories. Since students may work at different rates, some projects may not be completed in class and will be sent home to finish sewing with the newly learned skills. Students should be at age/grade level for fine motor skills for this class and should be a minimum of age 6. Topics in this series include: Plushie Pets (Quarter 1), Silly Sea Stuffies (Quarter 2), Dynamic Dinos (Quarter 3), and Cute Critters (Quarter 4). There is a supply fee of $35.00 due payable to the instructor on/before the first day of class.
|
1 | |
| Semester | Jan 18 | 11:00 am | 11:55 am | Mon | Songwriting Studio (Spring) | 7th-12th | Ney Mello | 8 |
$405.00 $364.50 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Students will learn a fun, simplified way to write songs from a professional, award-winning, soundtrack composer. Each week, students will tackle a different phase of songwriting. This class is open to students who play instruments, sing, write lyrics, or a combination of all three talents! The group will learn about the song structure that is popular today with verse, chorus, pre-chorus, pre-verse, intros, and outros. They will listen to some examples of songs to convey what a verse, chorus, and bridge are, and will cover an overview of the basics of functional and classical harmony. Each week, the group will approach a different stage of the songwriting process, working through ideas on their instruments, writing lyrics, or both. Student artists will be guided through making their own background tracks to encourage self- expression and to allow individual voices to emerge. They can use songs they know as inspiration, but they will be encouraged to create everything like a real songwriter. Musicians will be given ready-made chord options so their focus can remain on the creative aspects of songwriting. If the student is only writing lyrics, he/she will be assigned a songwriting partner student who will write the melody and chords. In this case, the lyricist student will be provided with that song's work in progress tracks to write to at home. Students who wish to record their songs should download the free Abbey Road 'Topline' app for Android or Apple smartphones. (The instructor uses this app professionally to share songs and concepts via e-mail, text message, or over social media with colleagues.) The app allows the artist to record songs in sections and play back all together. Microphones will not be needed. The workshop is open to all instrument and voice students, not just guitar. Any style of music is acceptable (pop, folk, country, etc), but all lyrics must be rated "E" for everyone. Topics in this Series: Songwriting Studio for Teens (Semester 1), Songwriting Studio for Teens (Semester 2), etc. Students continuing from first semester receive priority pre-registration for second semester. Workload: Students should expect to spend 1-2 hours per week outside of class . Credit: Homeschool families may wish to count this course as a component (partial) credit in fine arts or electives for purposes of a high school transcript.
|
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 19 | 12:00 pm | 12:55 pm | Tue | Sound & Syllable Safari (Q3) | PreK(4) - K | Heidi Conradt | 10 |
$210.00 $189.00 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
In this joyful, play-based class designed for young children ages 4 - 5, children will explore the building blocks of reading through fun and engaging phonological awareness activities. Using research-backed strategies inspired by the work of David Kilpatrick and the Zgonc Phonological Awareness Skills Program (Z-PASP), this course will help children develop key pre-reading skills through movement, music, rhythm, and interactive games. Children will develop awareness of syllables, rhyming, alliteration, and the individual sounds in words (phonemes) through playful exercises. Activities include clapping syllables, sound matching scavenger hunts, oral blending and segmenting games, and rhyming songs. The class is designed to meet children where they are developmentally and nurture their language skills in a supportive, social environment.
|
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 19 | 10:00 am | 10:55 am | Tue | Spanish Amigos (Q3) | 3rd-4th | Ruth Jeantet | 10 |
$194.00 $174.60 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Buenos dias! Spanish Amigos (Friends) is a fun, play-based, Spanish immersion class for young students. Much like learning their native language, students will be exposed to the sounds, vocabulary, and phrases in Spanish through songs, games, stories, interactive and hands-on activities. The teacher will bring toys and objects each week to give kids tangible, hands-on examples of the vocabulary being introduced. Each quarter introduces new themes and new vocabulary in Spanish, so children can continue to build their language basics. Themes and units are non-sequential, so students may enroll in this level in any quarter. Limited cues in English will be used to prompt students in the first few weeks. Instruction will be predominantly verbal, but key vocabulary words may be written down for students to begin a sense of spelling. A limited amount of writing, spelling, and reading will be expected to emphasize new vocabulary and complete workbook/handout exercises, but note-taking from the board will not be required. The goal of this introductory course is to lay foundations in sounds, vocabulary, and simple phrases while having fun and building confidence in a foreign language. Fluency should not be expected at this level. Recommendations: Students should be at grade level for reading in English. Some homework will be assigned. Textbook: Students will be working from Viva el Espanol- System A (ISBN #978-0076029525) from McGraw-Hill. Compass pre-purchases copies of this book from the publisher. A supply fee of $26.00 is due payable to Compass on/before the first day. Students will only need to purchase this book the first quarter they are enrolled.
|
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 19 | 2:00 pm | 2:55 pm | Tue | Spanish Exploradores (Q3) | 5th-6th | Ruth Jeantet | 10 |
$194.00 $174.60 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Buenas tardes! Spanish Exploradores (Explorers) is a fun, immersive introductory Spanish class for older elementary students. Much like learning their native language, students will be exposed to the sounds, vocabulary, and phrases in Spanish through songs, games, stories, and hands-on activities. The teacher will bring objects each week to give students tangible, hands-on examples of the vocabulary being introduced. In this level, students will be encouraged to begin to combine adjectives with nouns and nouns with verbs. Each quarter introduces new themes and new vocabulary in Spanish, so children can continue to build their language basics. However, themes and units are non-sequential, so students may enroll in this level in any quarter. While the theme might be the same as that of a younger level of instruction, more vocabulary will be introduced at the older level. Limited cues in English will be used to prompt students in the first few weeks. The goal of this introductory course is to lay foundations in sounds, vocabulary, and simple phrases while having fun and building confidence in a foreign language. Fluency should not be expected at this level. Recommendations/Workload: Students should be at grade level for reading in English and should be able to copy words from the board. Students will be expected to take notes, write new words, and complete activities with new vocabulary and short readings. Some homework will be assigned. Textbook: Students will be working from Viva el Espanol- System B (ISBN #978-0076029648) from McGraw-Hill. Compass pre-purchases copies of this book from the publisher. A supply fee of $26.00 is due payable to Compass on/before the first day. Students will only need to purchase this book the first quarter they are enrolled.
|
1 | |
| Semester | Sep 07 | 2:00 pm | 2:55 pm | Thu | Spanish Para Estudiantes (S1)* | 7th-8th | Sirdley Taborga | 8 | $334.00 |
Closed
|
Buenas tardes! Spanish Para Estudiantes is an immersive introductory Spanish class for middle school students. In a natural learning progression, students will be exposed to vocabulary and phrases in Spanish through in-class activities and conversations. Limited cues in English will be used to prompt students in the first few weeks. This is a conversation-focused class where students are encouraged to speak in class. Vocabulary and phrases will be introduced in thematic units such as weather, time, members of the family, clothing, food, places in town, hobbies and sports, holidays, etc. As students learn new vocabulary, they will be encouraged to begin to combine adjectives with nouns and nouns with verbs in short phrases, often in mock conversations with classmates. Grammar will be introduced as it comes up in conversation and in phrases. Students will be exposed to pronouns, noun-verb agreement, adjective-noun agreement, familar vs. formal, ordinal and cardinal numbers, comparisons and superlatives, and more. Students are not expected to read or write at this stage, but are expected to take notes and to gain a sense of spelling in Spanish. Fluency should not be expected at this level. Material/Supply Fee: The instructor will order a South-American written/published Spanish activity book for students in-class use after assessing their ages/skill levels. Parents will be asked to reimburse the instructor for the expense, typically $10-$15.
|
0 | |
| Semester | Jan 18 | 2:00 pm | 2:55 pm | Thu | Spanish Para Estudiantes (S2)* | 7th-8th | Sirdley Taborga | 10 | $382.00 |
Closed
|
Buenas tardes! Spanish Para Estudiantes is an immersive introductory Spanish class for middle school students. In a natural learning progression, students will be exposed to vocabulary and phrases in Spanish through in-class activities and conversations. Limited cues in English will be used to prompt students in the first few weeks. This is a conversation-focused class where students are encouraged to speak in class. Vocabulary and phrases will be introduced in thematic units such as weather, time, members of the family, clothing, food, places in town, hobbies and sports, holidays, etc. As students learn new vocabulary, they will be encouraged to begin to combine adjectives with nouns and nouns with verbs in short phrases, often in mock conversations with classmates. Grammar will be introduced as it comes up in conversation and in phrases. Students will be exposed to pronouns, noun-verb agreement, adjective-noun agreement, familar vs. formal, ordinal and cardinal numbers, comparisons and superlatives, and more. Students are not expected to read or write at this stage, but are expected to take notes and to gain a sense of spelling in Spanish. Fluency should not be expected at this level. Material/Supply Fee: The instructor will order a South-American written/published Spanish activity book for students in-class use after assessing their ages/skill levels. Parents will be asked to reimburse the instructor for the expense, typically $10-$15.
|
0 | |
| Semester | Jan 19 | 1:00 pm | 1:55 pm | Tue | Spanish Para Estudiantes (SEM 2) | 7th-8th | Ruth Jeantet | 10 |
$388.00 $349.20 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Buenas tardes! Spanish Para Estudiantes is an immersive introductory Spanish class for middle school students. In a natural learning progression, students will be exposed to vocabulary and phrases in Spanish through in-class activities, interactive games, role playing, and conversations. This is a conversation-focused class where students are encouraged to speak in class. Vocabulary and phrases will be introduced in thematic units such as weather, time, members of the family, clothing, food, places in town, hobbies and sports, holidays, etc. As students learn new vocabulary, they will be encouraged to begin to combine adjectives with nouns and nouns with verbs in short phrases, often in mock conversations with classmates. Grammar will be introduced as it comes up in conversation and in phrases. Students will be exposed to pronouns, noun-verb agreement, adjective-noun agreement, familar vs. formal, ordinal and cardinal numbers, comparisons and superlatives, and more. They will learn present tense regular and irregular verbs as well as command and question structures and infinitive phrases. This class is structured as predominantly immersion with cues provided through props/objects and gestures. Limited cues in English will be used to prompt students in the first few weeks. Recommendations/Workload: Students should be at grade level for reading in English. Students are expected to take notes in class, and homework will be assigned. Textbook: Students will be working from 5th edition "Spanish is Fun- Lively Lessons for Beginners"(ISBN 978-1634199285) from Amsco. Compass will pre-purchased copies of this book to ensure everyone has a copy for $34.00. Students will only need to purchase this book the first quarter they are enrolled.
|
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 19 | 12:00 pm | 12:55 pm | Tue | Spanish Para Pequenos (Little Ones)- Q3 (TUE) | PreK-2nd | Ruth Jeantet | 10 |
$194.00 $174.60 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Hola! Spanish Para Pequenos (Spanish for Little Ones) is a fun, play-based, Spanish immersion class for young children. Following the native language-learning process, children will be exposed to the sounds, letters, and high-frequency words in Spanish through songs, games, stories, puppets, and other interactive activities. The instructor will provide all necessary toys and objects to give young children tangible, and hands-on ways to apply new concepts in practical real-life situations. The instructor uses some Montessori-style activities that create a high-energy, playful environment, engaging tactile and kinesthetic learners alike while appealing to children's natural curiosities. The vocabulary and language structures presented in each session follow a new letter of the alphabet each week that will include greetings, simple phrases, foods, colors, numbers, animals, common action verbs, calendar phrases, articles of clothing and seasonal topics. Vocabulary will be repeated and reviewed often to aid in the retention of the language, and will primarily develop listening and speaking skills. The goal of this introductory course is to lay foundations in sounds, vocabulary, and simple phrases while having fun and building confidence in a foreign language. Fluency should not be expected at this level. Who knows, your child might just come home singing their new favorite Spanish nursery rhyme!
|
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 20 | 1:00 pm | 1:55 pm | Wed | Spanish Para Pequenos (Little Ones)- Q3 (WED) | PreK-2nd | Ruth Jeantet | 10 |
$194.00 $174.60 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Hola! Spanish Para Pequenos (Spanish for Little Ones) is a fun, play-based, Spanish immersion class for young children. Following the native language-learning process, children will be exposed to the sounds, letters, and high-frequency words in Spanish through songs, games, stories, puppets, and other interactive activities. The instructor will provide all necessary toys and objects to give young children tangible, and hands-on ways to apply new concepts in practical real-life situations. The instructor uses some Montessori-style activities that create a high-energy, playful environment, engaging tactile and kinesthetic learners alike while appealing to children's natural curiosities. The vocabulary and language structures presented in each session follow a new letter of the alphabet each week that will include greetings, simple phrases, foods, colors, numbers, animals, common action verbs, calendar phrases, articles of clothing and seasonal topics. Vocabulary will be repeated and reviewed often to aid in the retention of the language, and will primarily develop listening and speaking skills. The goal of this introductory course is to lay foundations in sounds, vocabulary, and simple phrases while having fun and building confidence in a foreign language. Fluency should not be expected at this level. Who knows, your child might just come home singing their new favorite Spanish nursery rhyme!
|
1 | |
| Semester | Jan 22 | 10:00 am | 10:55 am | Fri | Spy Games RPG: The History of Espionage in the Civil War | 9th-12th | Taliesin Knol | 10 |
$440.00 $396.00 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Re-enact the great unseen intelligence battles of the Civil War and learn about 19th century spying in the process using an RPG (role playing game). This semester will examine the clandestine activities of one of America's most successful spies, Elizabeth Van Lew, leader of the Richmond Underground, a Union spy ring which operated under the nose of the highest levels of the Confederate government. The class will role play as Richmond high society, simulating the wartime economy of the Capitol of the South, while working to either support the war effort or undermine it. (Or the third option, war profiteering by playing both sides.) Real spying is less James Bond and more Sherlock Holmes, an intricate world of clues, codes, and covert communication where knowledge is power and every move matters. In this immersive, game-based class, students step into the role of rival intelligence agents, using a custom role-playing system to bluff, sneak, and strategize their way through secret missions. They will study real historical spies and practice authentic techniques, from cracking ciphers to crafting coded messages with tools like shift ciphers and code wheels. As teams compete to uncover and protect critical information, students will experience the high-stakes tension of espionage, where success brings advantage, secrets shift the balance of power, and every decision could mean triumph or capture. Topics in this Series: The History of Espionage in the Revolutionary. War (Semester 1) and The History of Espionage in the Civil War (Semester 2). Workload: Students should expect to spend 0-1 hours per week outside of class. Assignments: Google Drive (period maps, photographs and recreations) and YouTube (videos) links will be e-mailed to parents/students for homework or supplemental investigation. Assessments: Will not be given. Credit: Homeschool families may wish to count this course as a component (partial) credit in History for purposes of a high school transcript.
|
1 | |
| Semester | Jan 20 | 10:00 am | 10:55 am | Wed | Starting with Strings: Beginning Violin II | 2nd-6th | Dr. Steffany Shock | 8 |
$452.00 $406.80 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Continue to learn to play the violin! Students will learn more advanced skills such as shifting on the violin and playing vibrato. Students will learn to play violin repertoires and practice additional scales. The class will be taught to play in unison from a songbook of arranged works. At the end of the semester, the class will be able to play several short pieces and will perform for the parents. Music education enhances teamwork and cooperative learning and provides children with a path for self-expression. Scientific research has shown that music lessons not only improve organizational skills and executive functioning but that they also develop self-confidence. Semester 1, Beginner Violin I students will have priority registration to enroll in Beginner Violin II to continue their musical education. Other students may enroll in the second semester if they have had prior instruction equal to the first semester, or if they are willing to schedule and pay for individual lessons with this instructor to cover 1st semester skills prior to or around the start of the class. Those wishing to enroll in 2nd semester course without the Compass 1st semester class will be asked to play for the instructor in order to demonstrate skill level and establish placement. Class Expectations: A student violin can be purchased or rented from most music stores (Foxes Music Company in Falls Church is recommended). The student should be professionally measured and fitted for the violin by the music store or a string luthier. Students should also have a shoulder rest fitted to their violin. Students will be asked to bring their violin, bow, shoulder rest, case, small notebook, Suzuki music book, and pencil to every class. In order to fully benefit from the in-class instruction, daily, at-home practice is expected. Supply Fee: There is a supply fee of $17.50 payable to Compass on the first day for the Suzuki violin book 1.
|
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 19 | 10:00 am | 10:55 am | Tue | Successful Social Skills for Kids (Q3) | 4th-6th | Heidi Conradt | 10 |
$210.00 $189.00 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Successful social skills help children navigate nearly every aspect of their lives. Building confidence in social settings can improve self-esteem and increase comfort in group environments- whether at school, in sports, trying new activities, spending time with family, or connecting with friends. While all children benefit from strengthening social skills, some need additional guidance and practice. In this class, students will work with an educational specialist and former school counselor to develop practical strategies for common social challenges. Topics include conversation skills, recognizing and expressing emotions, perspective-taking, managing stress, communicating with parents, building friendships, and navigating sibling relationships. This small-group class is highly interactive and engaging, incorporating games, role-playing, video examples, modeled behavior, and hands-on activities to reinforce learning. Students benefit most from participating for multiple quarters. While some activities are repeated for reinforcement, new content is introduced regularly. As new students join, the group dynamic evolves, providing opportunities to practice skills in varied, real-life scenarios. Over time, children build greater confidence and comfort in their social interactions. Note: This class is designed for neurotypical children. It is not intended as a therapeutic or clinical intervention for children who may require more specialized support.
|
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 19 | 11:00 am | 11:55 am | Tue | Successful Social Skills for Little Kids (Q3) | 1st-3rd | Heidi Conradt | 10 |
$210.00 $189.00 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Successful social skills help children navigate nearly every aspect of their lives. Building confidence in social settings can improve self-esteem and increase comfort in group environments- whether at school, in sports, trying new activities, spending time with family, or connecting with friends. While all children benefit from strengthening social skills, some need additional guidance and practice. In this class, students will work with an educational specialist and former school counselor to develop practical strategies for common social challenges. Topics include conversation skills, recognizing and expressing emotions, perspective-taking, managing stress, communicating with parents, building friendships, and navigating sibling relationships. This small-group class is highly interactive and engaging, incorporating games, role-playing, video examples, modeled behavior, and hands-on activities to reinforce learning. Students benefit most from participating for multiple quarters. While some activities are repeated for reinforcement, new content is introduced regularly. As new students join, the group dynamic evolves, providing opportunities to practice skills in varied, real-life scenarios. Over time, children build greater confidence and comfort in their social interactions. Note: This class is designed for neurotypical children. It is not intended as a therapeutic or clinical intervention for children who may require more specialized support.
|
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 18 | 12:00 pm | 12:55 pm | Mon | Sweet Shop: Chocolate Works | 8th-12th | Mylene Nyman | 8 |
$215.00 $193.50 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
The tantalizing aroma of cookies in the oven. A mouth-watering burst of mint. The silky feel of melted chocolate. The sticky sweet of fresh-made caramel. A subtle hint of lemon. Student bakers will enjoy these delicious sensations- and more- as they explore the world of baking homemade desserts. Sweet Shop treats are scrumptious, fun, and simple to make. Each week they will prepare a fresh, handmade dessert or sweet such as: pies, cakes, cookies, tarts, trifles, mousses, puddings, candies, fudge, brittle, or chocolate. The class will include some icing, decorating, and garnishing techniques for completed desserts. This quarter, the Compass bakers' culinary adventures will include:
Students will be eating what they make each week and bringing home the recipes and leftovers. This engaging sweets class will get students excited about helping in the kitchen and entertaining. They will learn important baking skills such as safety, sanitation, measuring, knife skills, and other tricks of the trade. Culinary vocabulary is introduced each week. Notes: Students with allergies to food ingredients or dietary restrictions cannot be accommodated in this class. Recipes may contain nuts, dairy, wheat, gluten, and eggs. All food supplies will be conventional, mass market ingredients. Specialty food preparations/certifications such as halal, kosher, and organic will not be used due to cost and sourcing logistics. Topics in this Series: Piece of Cake (Quarter 1); Easy as Pie (Quarter 2), Chocolate Works (Quarter 3), and Dessert First (Quarter 4). Assessments: Qualitative Feedback will be given in class. Formal grades/assessment will not be given. Lab/Supply Fee: A class fee of $45.00 is due payable to the instructor on or before the first day of class. What to Bring: None- Disposable aprons and take-home containers provided. What to Wear: Students should wear clean clothes and have long hair tied back, braided, or secured under a bandana (male and female). Cooking Class Requirements: For more information and FAQs, see the Compass Cooking Classes webpage.
|
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 21 | 10:05 am | 10:45 am | Thu | Swimming: Beginners/ Adv. Beginners (Thu Q3) | 1st-3rd | YMCA Swimming Staff | 5 |
$120.00 $108.00 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Homeschool Swim Lessons are taught at the Reston YMCA located 0.9 miles/ 3 minute drive from Compass's classroom facility. For more information on swimming lessons, see the program webpage. During the first lesson, students will be observed and determined to be Beginner or Advanced Beginner level, and the class will be divided accordingly among two instructors. Beginners level is for students with little to no swim experience and will cover YMCA Level 1 skills such as water acclimation, floatation, water movement, putting face in the water, swimming 5 feet without a floatation device, and becoming comfortable on back in water. Advanced Beginners level will review all skills in beginner-level class and add YMCA Level 2 skills such as stamina, swimming one length of the pool (25 yards), performing elementary backstroke, rotary breathing, becoming comfortable in deep water, and stroke introduction to include: front crawl, backstroke, and elementary breaststroke. Please note that these skills will be introduced and progress at different rates depending on the comfortable level and experience of enrolled students and may take more than one quarter to complete. At times, students might be moved to a different swimming group (same day, same time, different instructor) to better match the experience level of enrolled children. Lessons are 40 minutes long, running from 0:05 until 0:45 after the hour, leaving enough time to towel dry, change clothes, and return to Compass for your next class. Students should bring a swimsuit, towel, and change of clothes. Googles and swim caps are optional. A parent (or parent proxy) is required to remain on site. Parents may wait on poolside benches or lobby seating. YMCA waivers must be signed and returned for each swimmer. All registration is completed through Compass. All YMCA swimming classes are taught by certified, experienced, background-checked adult instructors with experience teaching children. Consider enrolling your child in both Tuesday and Thursday classes to improve their rate of learning. Prerequisites: None |
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 21 | 11:05 am | 11:45 am | Thu | Swimming: Beginners/ Adv. Beginners (Thu Q3) | 4th-6th | YMCA Swimming Staff | 5 |
$120.00 $108.00 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Homeschool Swim Lessons are taught at the Reston YMCA located 0.9 miles/ 3 minute drive from Compass's classroom facility. For more information on swimming lessons, see the program webpage. During the first lesson, students will be observed and determined to be Beginner or Advanced Beginner level, and the class will be divided accordingly among two instructors. Beginners level is for students with little to no swim experience and will cover YMCA Level 1 skills such as water acclimation, floatation, water movement, putting face in the water, swimming 5 feet without a floatation device, and becoming comfortable on back in water. Advanced Beginners level will review all skills in beginner-level class and add YMCA Level 2 skills such as stamina, swimming one length of the pool (25 yards), performing elementary backstroke, rotary breathing, becoming comfortable in deep water, and stroke introduction to include: front crawl, backstroke, and elementary breaststroke. Please note that these skills will be introduced and progress at different rates depending on the comfortable level and experience of enrolled students and may take more than one quarter to complete. At times, students might be moved to a different swimming group (same day, same time, different instructor) to better match the experience level of enrolled children. Lessons are 40 minutes long, running from 0:05 until 0:45 after the hour, leaving enough time to towel dry, change clothes, and return to Compass for your next class. Students should bring a swimsuit, towel, and change of clothes. Googles and swim caps are optional. A parent (or parent proxy) is required to remain on site. Parents may wait on poolside benches or lobby seating. YMCA waivers must be signed and returned for each swimmer. All registration is completed through Compass. All YMCA swimming classes are taught by certified, experienced, background-checked adult instructors with experience teaching children. Consider enrolling your child in both Tuesday and Thursday classes to improve their rate of learning. Prerequisites: None |
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 19 | 10:05 am | 10:45 am | Tue | Swimming: Beginners/ Adv. Beginners (Tue Q3) | 1st-3rd | YMCA Swimming Staff | 5 |
$120.00 $108.00 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Homeschool Swim Lessons are taught at the Reston YMCA located 0.9 miles/ 3 minute drive from Compass's classroom facility. For more information on swimming lessons, see the program webpage. During the first lesson, students will be observed and determined to be Beginner or Advanced Beginner level, and the class will be divided accordingly among two instructors. Beginners level is for students with little to no swim experience and will cover YMCA Level 1 skills such as water acclimation, floatation, water movement, putting face in the water, swimming 5 feet without a floatation device, and becoming comfortable on back in water. Advanced Beginners level will review all skills in beginner-level class and add YMCA Level 2 skills such as stamina, swimming one length of the pool (25 yards), performing elementary backstroke, rotary breathing, becoming comfortable in deep water, and stroke introduction to include: front crawl, backstroke, and elementary breaststroke. Please note that these skills will be introduced and progress at different rates depending on the comfortable level and experience of enrolled students and may take more than one quarter to complete. At times, students might be moved to a different swimming group (same day, same time, different instructor) to better match the experience level of enrolled children. Lessons are 40 minutes long, running from 0:05 until 0:45 after the hour, leaving enough time to towel dry, change clothes, and return to Compass for your next class. Students should bring a swimsuit, towel, and change of clothes. Googles and swim caps are optional. A parent (or parent proxy) is required to remain on site. Parents may wait on poolside benches or lobby seating. YMCA waivers must be signed and returned for each swimmer. All registration is completed through Compass. All YMCA swimming classes are taught by certified, experienced, background-checked adult instructors with experience teaching children. Consider enrolling your child in both Tuesday and Thursday classes to improve their rate of learning. Prerequisites: None |
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 19 | 11:05 am | 11:45 am | Tue | Swimming: Beginners/ Adv. Beginners (Tue Q3) | 4th-6th | YMCA Swimming Staff | 5 |
$120.00 $108.00 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Homeschool Swim Lessons are taught at the Reston YMCA located 0.9 miles/ 3 minute drive from Compass's classroom facility. For more information on swimming lessons, see the program webpage. During the first lesson, students will be observed and determined to be Beginner or Advanced Beginner level, and the class will be divided accordingly among two instructors. Beginners level is for students with little to no swim experience and will cover YMCA Level 1 skills such as water acclimation, floatation, water movement, putting face in the water, swimming 5 feet without a floatation device, and becoming comfortable on back in water. Advanced Beginners level will review all skills in beginner-level class and add YMCA Level 2 skills such as stamina, swimming one length of the pool (25 yards), performing elementary backstroke, rotary breathing, becoming comfortable in deep water, and stroke introduction to include: front crawl, backstroke, and elementary breaststroke. Please note that these skills will be introduced and progress at different rates depending on the comfortable level and experience of enrolled students and may take more than one quarter to complete. At times, students might be moved to a different swimming group (same day, same time, different instructor) to better match the experience level of enrolled children. Lessons are 40 minutes long, running from 0:05 until 0:45 after the hour, leaving enough time to towel dry, change clothes, and return to Compass for your next class. Students should bring a swimsuit, towel, and change of clothes. Googles and swim caps are optional. A parent (or parent proxy) is required to remain on site. Parents may wait on poolside benches or lobby seating. YMCA waivers must be signed and returned for each swimmer. All registration is completed through Compass. All YMCA swimming classes are taught by certified, experienced, background-checked adult instructors with experience teaching children. Consider enrolling your child in both Tuesday and Thursday classes to improve their rate of learning. Prerequisites: None |
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 21 | 12:05 pm | 12:45 pm | Thu | Swimming: Intermediate (Thu Q3) | 2nd-6th | YMCA Swimming Staff | 5 |
$120.00 $108.00 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Homeschool Swim Lessons are taught at the Reston YMCA located 0.9 miles/ 3 minute drive from Compass's classroom facility. For more information on swimming lessons, see the program webpage. Intermediate level is for students who are proficient in Advanced Beginner level skills such as swimming one length of the pool (25 yards), performing elementary backstroke, and becoming comfortable in deep water. Intermediate swimmers will cover Levels 3 of the YMCA program including elementary breaststroke, backstroke, front crawl with rotary breathing all at 25 yards, with work towards Level 4 skills including stamina and increasing all swimming to 50 yards or more, plus breast stroke, elementary butterfly stroke and kick, elementary dives, and turns. Please note that these skills will be introduced and progress at different rates depending on the comfortable level and experience of enrolled students and may take more than one quarter to complete. At times, students might be moved to a different swimming group (same day, same time, different instructor) to better match the experience level of enrolled children. Lessons are 40 minutes long, running from 0:05 until 0:45 after the hour, leaving enough time to towel dry, change clothes, and return to Compass for your next class. Students should bring a swimsuit, towel, and change of clothes. Googles and swim caps are optional. A parent (or parent proxy) is required to remain on site. Parents may wait on poolside benches or lobby seating. YMCA waivers must be signed and returned for each swimmer. All registration is completed through Compass. All YMCA swimming classes are taught by certified, experienced, background-checked adult instructors with experience teaching children. Consider enrolling your child in both Tuesday and Thursday classes to improve their rate of learning. Prerequisites: None |
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 19 | 12:05 pm | 12:45 pm | Tue | Swimming: Intermediate (Tue Q3) | 2nd-6th | YMCA Swimming Staff | 5 |
$120.00 $108.00 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Homeschool Swim Lessons are taught at the Reston YMCA located 0.9 miles/ 3 minute drive from Compass's classroom facility. For more information on swimming lessons, see the program webpage. Intermediate level is for students who are proficient in Advanced Beginner level skills such as swimming one length of the pool (25 yards), performing elementary backstroke, and becoming comfortable in deep water. Intermediate swimmers will cover Levels 3 of the YMCA program including elementary breaststroke, backstroke, front crawl with rotary breathing all at 25 yards, with work towards Level 4 skills including stamina and increasing all swimming to 50 yards or more, plus breast stroke, elementary butterfly stroke and kick, elementary dives, and turns. Please note that these skills will be introduced and progress at different rates depending on the comfortable level and experience of enrolled students and may take more than one quarter to complete. At times, students might be moved to a different swimming group (same day, same time, different instructor) to better match the experience level of enrolled children. Lessons are 40 minutes long, running from 0:05 until 0:45 after the hour, leaving enough time to towel dry, change clothes, and return to Compass for your next class. Students should bring a swimsuit, towel, and change of clothes. Googles and swim caps are optional. A parent (or parent proxy) is required to remain on site. Parents may wait on poolside benches or lobby seating. YMCA waivers must be signed and returned for each swimmer. All registration is completed through Compass. All YMCA swimming classes are taught by certified, experienced, background-checked adult instructors with experience teaching children. Consider enrolling your child in both Tuesday and Thursday classes to improve their rate of learning. Prerequisites: None |
1 | |
| Semester | Jan 19 | 10:00 am | 11:25 am | Tue | Take Flight! Elements of Aeronautical Engineering | 6th-8th | Juan Urista | 10 |
$571.00 $513.90 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Discover what getes a plane off the ground! Students will be introduced to the fundamentals of aeronautical engineering. They will learn about different types of aircraft and the major components and systems, such as fuselage (body) design, wing design, powerplant (engines), and avionics. The class will learn about aerodynamics and factors that affect aircraft performance; different types of engines used in aircraft and the principles of engine design and operation; and various avionics systems including navigation, communication, and flight control systems. Each week, students will engage in a variety of hands-on activities to test and explain different concepts in aeronautics such as buidling a model engine, designing and testing wing shapes, creating a mock-up of an instrument panel, learning to read technical drawings and blueprints, and more. Concepts covered in class will demonstrate practical applications in mathematics, physics, geometry, the scientific method, annd data analysis.
|
1 | |
| Semester | Jan 22 | 11:00 am | 11:55 am | Fri | Teen Stage: Immersive Improv | 9th-12th | Jeff Virchow | 12 |
$337.00 $303.30 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Snappy comebacks, one-liners, sarcasm, exaggeration, irony...and teenagers. These things just go together! Improv gives kids an outlet for fun, creative stories and spontaneous humor. Teens who find amusement in the unexpected and humor in the unpredictable will enjoy improvisational acting! Second semester, actors will continue to hone their "short game", or short form improv skills. Class activities will teach students how to do edits, perfect their scene work, create characters, escalate emotions, elevate relationships, and use object work to create a more involved stories. They learn about timing, transitions, and how to connect scenes and travel through the improv story with recurring characters, patterns, and common themes to portray a hilarious or witty situation. Class exercises will help students improve listening stills and build the collective, group imagination. Improvisation is the art of entertaining with connected, unpredictable twists and turns often seen from the great comedians and best live entertainers. Improv students will improve their ability to think on-their-feet, play off each other, and react with spontaneous wit, sarcasm, and irony. Actors' creative thinking and communication skills will be strengthened as they work "outside-of-the-box" and learn to read their audience. Improv can be for everyone! No previous experience is needed. Beginners are welcome, and experienced students will further develop their improv skills. If you have taken this class before, go ahead and take it again because no two classes are ever alike. This class is best suited for students who are active listeners, flexible, and easily adapt, have a sense of humor, and can work collaboratively in a group. Students need to be able to stay in sync with the flow of the class. This is not an "anything goes" or free-for-all class. Topics in this Series: Innovative Improv (Semester 1), Immersive Improv (Semester 2. Students continuing from first semester receive priority pre-registration for second semester. Workload: Students should expect to spend 0-1 hour per week outside of class. Assignments: If any, will be sent to parents and students by e-mail. Assessments: Informal, qualitative feedback will be given in class throughout the semester. A quantitative score/grade will not be provided. Credit: Homeschool families may wish to count this course as a component (partial) credit in Fine Arts for purposes of a high school transcript.
|
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 22 | 1:00 pm | 1:55 pm | Fri | Teen Weight Training- Yellow (FRI) | 8th-12th | Iman Castaneda | 12 |
$171.00 $153.90 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Teen weight training is an introduction to strength training in a small group class under the guidance of a seasoned, experienced coach. The primary lifts covered in class will be: back squat, bench press, deadlift, and strict press which are all compound moves that employ multiple muscle groups. These lifts are also "functional" meaning they engage the core and train muscles to work cooperatively in daily activities such as picking up a box or hoisting a parcel to a high shelf. Emphasis will be on correct form, posture, and safety.
|
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 18 | 1:00 pm | 1:55 pm | Mon | Teen Weight Training- Yellow (MON) | 8th-12th | Donny Smith | 12 |
$171.00 $153.90 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Teen weight training is an introduction to strength training in a small group class under the guidance of a seasoned, experienced coach. The primary lifts covered in class will be: back squat, bench press, deadlift, and strict press which are all compound moves that employ multiple muscle groups. These lifts are also "functional" meaning they engage the core and train muscles to work cooperatively in daily activities such as picking up a box or hoisting a parcel to a high shelf. Emphasis will be on correct form, posture, and safety. The color name in the class title refers to the collectable token students will earn each quarter they take the class. Collect all 8! Teens may enroll in Weight Training at any time, regardless of the color name. No one color is a prerequisite for any other color, and tokens can be earned in any order.
|
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 17 | 2:00 pm | 2:55 pm | Fri | The Art of Storytelling: A Creative Non-Fiction Workshop | 9th-12th | Anne Taranto | 6 | $219.00 |
Closed
|
Teen writers will take inspiration from other writers in this semester-long creative non-fiction workshop:
This quarter will cover the basics of writing creative using examples of Flash Nonfiction and Literary Journalism (topical nonfiction). Each week, students will read an essay that demonstrates a particular narrative technique, perspective, or topical approach and then complete a writing exercise designed to emulate that technique. The class will culminate in sharing any essays that may develop out of these exercises in a workshop setting. Topics in this Series: Creative Writing (Semester 1) , Creative Non-Fiction (Quarter 3), The Personal Essay (Quarter 4) Students continuing from first semester receive priority pre-registration for second semester. Prerequisites: Reading/writing at a high school level (9th grade or higher) Workload: Students should expect to spend 2-3 hours per week outside of class. Assignments: Weekly reading assignments will be posted on Google Classroom. Students will need their own email addresses to access the system, and parents may be set up as additional "observers" to their teen's account. Assessments: A point scale of 1-3 will be used to evaluate students based on their level of preparation, their participation in discussion, and their completion of extension activities. Parents may use the total points earned to calculate a grade. Textbook/Materials: The instructor will furnish a curated class anthology packet. Lab/Supply Fee: A class fee of $10.00 is due payable to Compass on the first day of class for the select readings. What to Bring: Short story collection, notebook or laptop (depending on student's preferred method of writing), and printed copies of student's writing on days he/she is ready to share writing. Credit: Homeschool families may wish to count this course as a component (partial) credit in English/Language Arts for purposes of a high school transcript. Prerequisites: Reading/writing at grade level |
0 | |
| Semester | Jan 21 | 2:00 pm | 2:55 pm | Thu | The Beauty of Biology: MicroBio & Organs | 7th-8th | Osk Huneycutt | 12 |
$391.00 $351.90 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
What makes living things alike, and what makes them different? How do organisms survive, grow, and interact with the world around them? How did life on Earth begin as single-celled organisms and give rise to the staggering diversity we see today? This two-semester series gives students a strong, hands-on foundation in the core concepts they will encounter in high school biology, from the origin and evolution of life to cells, genetics, and human body systems. Through real lab experiences including microscope work, specimen observation, and guided dissections, students will develop the skills to observe, analyze, and think like scientists. Second semester, students shift their focus from whole organisms to the microscopic and internal systems that keep them alive. Topics include plant and animal cells, cellular structure and function, and major human body systems such as circulatory, nervous, respiratory, and excretory systems. Students will explore how these systems work together to support life, including processes such as respiration and transport (including capillary action in plants). Each week pairs content with hands-on investigation, as students study a body system and then complete a related dissection. Dissections may include a cow heart, sheep brain, cow kidney, cow eye, and musculoskeletal studies using chicken wings and bones. Students will learn proper lab safety, practice dissection techniques, and microscopy. Notes: (2) Preserved and living specimens are subject to availability. Though specimens will be ordered in advance, some may be unavailable for extended periods of time, in which case the instructor will select alternate specimens or laboratory activities. (3) Students who complete both semesters and engage with the suggested supplemental material may find this sequence suitable as part or all of a biology credit for a high school student seeking a more accessible biology course. Topics in this series: MacroBio & Organisms (Semester 1) and MicroBio & Organs (Semester 2). There is $60.00 supply fee due payable to the instructor on/before the first day of class.
|
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 20 | 10:00 am | 10:55 am | Wed | The Science of Art: Optical Illusions & Color | 5th-6th | Michele Forsythe | 12 |
$216.00 $194.40 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
"S" is for science, and "A" is for art in the study of STEAM, but have you thought about the science in art? Artists must understand the science of the materials that the use: how they tint and texturize, mix and melt, dye and dry, blend or bend. There is a complex community of scientists and engineers with specialties in polymers, glass, chemicals, paper, and textiles who design the materials that artists use to create their art. This class will learn about the science and properties of some unique artistic processes and materials and how and why they work. Third quarter, the class will examine optical illusions and color, with activities involving fractals and the visual phenomena such as the transformative art of Escher and mystifying mobius strips. Students will learn about the neuroscience and psychology of color and the properties of light including refraction through water and prisms to understand the component colors. The class will use some computer applications and some designs on paper to observe and recreate the Munker-White Illusion (color stripes distorting color perception), the Muller-Lyer Illusion (size distortion), and fractal phenomena. In-class projects will also incorporate depth reversion, such as ambiguous 3-D cube, shading to represent form, design-your-own Escher like patterns, and experiments with line density and distribution on a spinning disk! There is a $35.00 supply fee due payable to the instructor on/before the first day.Topics in this series: Resins & Polymers (Quarter 1), Paints & Dyes (Quarter 2), Optical Illusions & Color (Quarter 3), and Paper Engineers (Quarter 4).
|
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 22 | 11:00 am | 11:55 am | Fri | Total Training: Teen PE- Yellow (FRI) | 8th-12th | Iman Castaneda | 12 |
$171.00 $153.90 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Total Training is a dynamic PE program for that incorporates well-rounded exercises to get teens moving mid-day! No two workouts are the same, but each day's activities incorporate exercises that target 10 areas: cardio-vascular endurance, stamina, strength, flexibility, power, speed, coordination, agility, balance, and accuracy. Total Training focuses on functional movements that are fundamental to all aspects of play and exercise- pulling, pushing, running, throwing, climbing, lifting, and jumping. Work-outs are scalable and adaptable to different individual's own level, and the emphasis is on fun, safety, and personal accomplishment rather than competition among classmates. The physical challenges of Total Training will foster self-confidence, focus, and help instill a foundation for a lifetime of fitness. The color name in the class title refers to the collectable token students will earn each quarter they take the class. Collect all 8! Teens may enroll in Total Training at any time, regardless of the color name No one color is a prerequisite for any other color, and tokens can be earned in any order. All equipment is furnished. Students are asked to wear loose, comfortable clothing, such as running pants or sweatpants, and comfortable, supportive athletic shoes. Total Training continues each quarter, and students may repeat the class to continue to improve fitness. No two workouts are the same!
|
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 18 | 11:00 am | 11:55 am | Mon | Total Training: Teen PE- Yellow (MON) | 8th-12th | Donny Smith | 12 |
$171.00 $153.90 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Total Training is a dynamic PE program for that incorporates well-rounded exercises to get teens moving mid-day! No two workouts are the same, but each day's activities incorporate exercises that target 10 areas: cardio-vascular endurance, stamina, strength, flexibility, power, speed, coordination, agility, balance, and accuracy. Total Training focuses on functional movements that are fundamental to all aspects of play and exercise- pulling, pushing, running, throwing, climbing, lifting, and jumping. Work-outs are scalable and adaptable to different individual's own level, and the emphasis is on fun, safety, and personal accomplishment rather than competition among classmates. The physical challenges of Total Training will foster self-confidence, focus, and help instill a foundation for a lifetime of fitness. The color name in the class title refers to the collectable token students will earn each quarter they take the class. Collect all 8! Teens may enroll in Total Training at any time, regardless of the color name No one color is a prerequisite for any other color, and tokens can be earned in any order. All equipment is furnished. Students are asked to wear loose, comfortable clothing, such as running pants or sweatpants, and comfortable, supportive athletic shoes. Total Training continues each quarter, and students may repeat the class to continue to improve fitness. No two workouts are the same!
|
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 19 | 2:00 pm | 2:55 pm | Tue | Tweens Acting Out: No Exit Escape Room | 6th-8th | Judith Harmon | 10 |
$163.00 $146.70 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Tweens take over as they collectively brainstorm and collaboratively write their own play. Find out what happens when tweens "act out" the unique characters and an original storyline they created. What happens when colorful characters have to escape? Will it be a cakewalk for our sherlocks to crack the code, unblock locks, and walk before the clock stops? Students will begin with improvisational games to get to know each other and to begin to brainstorm about their original play. Through group activities and guided discussion, the actors will decide on characters, conflict, and conclusion, and the story they want to tell. The script will be developed and customized for this class with the students' input. The class will learn the practical aspects of acting, as they work on script read-through, blocking, costume/prop design, and planning the show. Students will develop their own "actor's toolkit" of voice, body, and imagination in this creative process! Actors will grow in confidence and communication skills in preparation for a final sharing with parents on the final day of the quarter. Once the script is fully developed, it will be emailed to parents. Parents will be expected make sure their tweens memorize their script/lines/cues and assemble a simple make-at-home costume, ideally from clothing items and accessories they already own and a little creativity. Topics in this Series: Haunted House of Horrors (Quarter 1), Chaos in the Courtroom (Quarter 2), No Exit Escape Room (Quarter 3) and Rock Start Rivalry (Quarter 4).
|
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 20 | 2:00 pm | 2:55 pm | Wed | Ultimate Magic Academy: Yellow Wand Illusions | 3rd-6th | Mike Hummer | 12 |
$277.00 $249.30 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Curious coins, baffling balls, confounding cards, and puzzling papers! Students will learn tricks of the trade from a professional magician using a custom, magical Compass curriculum! Each week, kids will learn how to perform a unique magic trick! Students will practice and perfect the illusion in class so they can come home and mystify their friends and family. Students will unlock the secrets to clever magic tricks like:
For each trick, students will receive a professional quality magic prop to take home to build their magician's toolbox. Along with the actual magic, students will discuss a life skill each week that is essential to a good magician (and student) such as public speaking, presentation skills, practicing, being prepared, and reading their audience. Magicians who complete the class will receive a certificate and a yellow magic wand. Collect all 8 wand colors! There is a $50.00 supply fee due payable to the instructor on/before the first day of class. Topics in this series: Radical Red Wands (Quarter 1); Orange Wand Wonders (Quarter 2); Yellow Wand Illusions (Quarter 3); and Glittering Gold Wand (Quarter 4). Prerequisites: None |
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 20 | 2:00 pm | 2:55 pm | Wed | Veterinary Science 'Ventures: Horse Healthcare | 3rd-4th | Nicole Itz | 12 |
$169.00 $152.10 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
A Palomino with a persistent cough. A Morgan with a minor mishap.A filly with a fever. Sometimes even our equine friends need medical care! Lots of kids love animals, and some even think about becoming veterinarians and animal specialists. During the third quarter, students will be introduced to the world of veterinary medicine through the lens of caring for horses. There is a lot of science in the care and keeping of our equine friends. In this class, future horse veterinarians will learn about horse classification, general horse care (nutrition, exercise, grooming) as well as requirements for a safe, healthy stall/stable. These budding veterinarians will learn about horse anatomy, some health conditions unique to horses, and how equine veterinarians care for them. Class meetings will include hands-on and interactive demonstrations, simulations, role-playing, activities, games, stories, or short video clips to convey the information. Students will adopt a figurine horse to assist in class activities that they will take home at the end of the class. During the final week, they will receive a diploma. A lab fee of $20.00 is due payable to the instructor on the first day of class. Topics in this Series: Discover Dogs (Quarter 1); Micro Mammal Pets (Quarter 2); Horse Healthcare (Quarter 3); Bird Buddies (Quarter 4)
|
1 | |
| Year long | Sep 01 | 12:00 am | 11:50 pm | W | Volunteer Scholars Elite Membership (AVSA, ACA, NDSLA, SSC Awards) 2026-27 | 1st-12th | 33 | $0.00 |
Compass students can register here to receive a discount code for a FREE membership at the Elite level (a $179 value) in Volunteer Scholars, a Compass affiliate, where you can earn the American Volunteer Service Award (AVSA), the American Citizenship Award (ACA), National Distinguished Student Leadership Award (NDSLA), and/or the Sacred Service Commendation (SSC). Additional information about these awards can be found on the Volunteer Scholars webpage. Non-Compass homeschooled students from Northern Virginia (Fairfax, Loudoun, Prince William, Arlington, Stafford, and Fauquier counties, or Alexandria, Falls Church, Manassas, and Manassas Park cities) can register here to receive a discount code for a membership in Volunteer Scholars at the Premier level for $39 instead of $99- a $60 savings- or an Elite level membership for $59 instead of $179- a $120 savings. Additional information about this awards can be found on the Volunteer Scholars webpage. The $39/$59 fee will be collected by Volunteer Scholars rather than Compass.
|
2 | |||
| Semester | Jan 18 | 10:00 am | 10:55 am | Mon | War Games (Military Intelligence): The Pacific Push | 9th-12th | Taliesin Knol | 10 |
$440.00 $396.00 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Perhaps you have heard that ,"Knowing is half the battle." This class will examine the roles of military intelligence and espionage in conflicts. A fundamental goal of military intelligence is to fight smarter, not harder, on the battlefield. For context and inspiration, the class will examine the history of the real spies of WWII, their methods, failures, and successes. Second semester will examine the final phase of the Pacific theater from 1944 - 1945, as Allied forces launched a determined campaign to reclaim territory and bring the war to a close. With intelligence improving and strategies evolving, the Allies advanced through a series of hard-fought island battles, pushing ever closer to Japan. Decisions made during this period would shape not only the outcome of the war, but the future of the world. This is where second semester will begin and the roles students will play. The mission, should students choose to accept it, is to use actual enigma codes and a modified tabletop RPG (role playing game) system to simulate missions, write encoded messages, and attempt to crack the enemy's plan. While Compass's 3D History classes will simulate the battles in the field, this class will assume the supporting role by attempting to infiltrate German lines with field agents. War Room students in the "headquarters" will direct both their field agents and the missions of the frontline troops in 3D History. The decisions of War Room students will affect the play of 3D History students, and outcomes of the 3D History role play will dictate the work of the War Room the following Monday. While co-registration in both classes is not required, some students may want to dual register in order to see both the tactical and strategic aspects of a major engagement and how military intelligence affects the outcomes. This course is recommended for teens who have a passion for military history or an interest in a future career in intelligence. Topics in this Series: Pacific Peril (Semester 1) and The Pacific Push (Semester 2). Workload: Students should expect to spend 0-1 hour per week outside of class. Assignments:Course documents including period maps, photographs and recreations will be made available through a class Google Drive link emailed to parents and students, as well as a class YouTube playlist for any videos watched in class or assigned as homework. Assessments: Will not be given. Credit: Homeschool families may wish to count this course as a component (partial) credit in World History, US History, Military History, or Career Exploration for purposes of a high school transcript.
|
1 | |
| Semester | Jan 22 | 10:00 am | 10:55 am | Fri | Worldbuilding: Underworlds (10am) | 8th-12th | Judith Harmon | 10 |
$310.00 $279.00 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Students will become immersed in the imaginary worlds they construct in this unique course that encompasses elements of fiction writing, sociology, and anthropology. Worldbuilding is the foundation of speculative fiction, such as sci-fi and fantasy, role-playing games, videos, comics, and other visual media. Countless examples of Worldbuilding exist in the movies and books we consume every day such as Tolkien's Middle Earth, the many elaborate settlements of the Star Wars franchise, and the popular RPG, Dungeons and Dragons. In this course, students will develop a fictional locale. Will it be a small village in a known place, a new planet, or an original universe? Students will be guided through an interactive, iterative process of "top-down" design of their unique world, determining broad characteristics first then then elaborating with increasing detail. Builders will make coherent and integrated decisions on geography, climate, ecology, flora, fauna, inhabitants, races, history, social customs, language, religion, origin story, powers/magic, legal system, currency, and technology. The class will read excerpts and watch clips of well-known fictional works which will provide strong examples of each of the elements. Second semester, students will develop their own sinister subworlds and dismal depths of the Underworld. Students, along with their instructor, will develop an in-class world as an example. Students will use the lessons and exercises reviewed in class to further develop their individual world project. Students will be expected to keep a notebook of decisions and details as they progress through designing the elements of their world. Students will have the option to purchase a discounted student subscription to World Anvil, a web-based subscription service which allows students to create maps, timelines, and other tools to organize their made-up world. Each student will be expected to make a PowerPoint presentation at the end of the semester which addresses each of the built-world elements. Topics in this Series: Utopian Universe (Semester 1), Underworlds (Semester 2). Prerequisites: Reading/writing at grade level. Workload: Students should expect to spend 2 hours per week outside of class. Assignments: Will be posted in a Google Classroom. Assessments: The instructor will assign points for a final semester presentation and completed "Creative Sparks" which are written responses to weekly prompts. Parents may use the student's earned points versus total possible points to calculate a grade for the class. Lab/Supply Fee: Included Credit: Homeschool families may wish to count this course as a component (partial) credit in language arts (creative writing) for purposes of a high school transcript.
|
1 | |
| Semester | Jan 22 | 2:00 pm | 2:55 pm | Fri | Worldbuilding: Underworlds (2 pm) | 8th-12th | Judith Harmon | 10 |
$310.00 $279.00 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Students will become immersed in the imaginary worlds they construct in this unique course that encompasses elements of fiction writing, sociology, and anthropology. Worldbuilding is the foundation of speculative fiction, such as sci-fi and fantasy, role-playing games, videos, comics, and other visual media. Countless examples of Worldbuilding exist in the movies and books we consume every day such as Tolkien's Middle Earth, the many elaborate settlements of the Star Wars franchise, and the popular RPG, Dungeons and Dragons. In this course, students will develop a fictional locale. Will it be a small village in a known place, a new planet, or an original universe? Students will be guided through an interactive, iterative process of "top-down" design of their unique world, determining broad characteristics first then then elaborating with increasing detail. Builders will make coherent and integrated decisions on geography, climate, ecology, flora, fauna, inhabitants, races, history, social customs, language, religion, origin story, powers/magic, legal system, currency, and technology. The class will read excerpts and watch clips of well-known fictional works which will provide strong examples of each of the elements. Second semester, students will develop their own sinister subworlds and dismal depths of the Underworld. Students, along with their instructor, will develop an in-class world as an example. Students will use the lessons and exercises reviewed in class to further develop their individual world project. Students will be expected to keep a notebook of decisions and details as they progress through designing the elements of their world. Students will have the option to purchase a discounted student subscription to World Anvil, a web-based subscription service which allows students to create maps, timelines, and other tools to organize their made-up world. Each student will be expected to make a PowerPoint presentation at the end of the semester which addresses each of the built-world elements. Topics in this Series: Utopian Universe (Semester 1), Underworlds (Semester 2). Prerequisites: Reading/writing at grade level. Workload: Students should expect to spend 2 hours per week outside of class. Assignments: Will be posted in a Google Classroom. Assessments: The instructor will assign points for a final semester presentation and completed "Creative Sparks" which are written responses to weekly prompts. Parents may use the student's earned points versus total possible points to calculate a grade for the class. Lab/Supply Fee: Included Credit: Homeschool families may wish to count this course as a component (partial) credit in language arts (creative writing) for purposes of a high school transcript.
|
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 19 | 7:30 pm | 8:30 pm | Tue | Write at Night: Clever Creative Writing **ONLINE** | 6th-8th | Sandy Brown | 10 |
$232.00 $208.80 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Writing Works because good writing is more than filling a page- it is making words matter. In this class, students will see writing as a craft that can be learned, practiced, and improved. Each week, they will read short examples of strong writing, examine one essential technique and practice it right away in their own writing. The goal is to help students become more confident, capable writers by showing them practical strategies they can use again and again. Students will explore both creative writing (3rd quarter) and expository writing (4th quarter), learning how writing changes depending on its purpose and audience. Creative assignments will give students opportunities to develop ideas, characters, settings, description, and voice, while expository assignments will emphasize explaining information clearly, organizing ideas logically, developing a central point, and supporting it with appropriate details and examples. By moving between imaginative and informational writing, students will practice adapting their writing style to different purposes. Strong ideas need strong mechanics to communicate them clearly. Throughout the quarters, students will work on sentence structure, paragraphing, grammar, punctuation, revising, and editing as those skills arise naturally in their writing. Rather than treating mechanics as isolated exercises, students will see how these tools make their own writing clearer and more effective. By the end of the course, every student will leave with a collection of writing that demonstrates growth in narrative, expository, persuasive, and poetic writing.
|
1 | |
| Semester | Jan 21 | 10:00 am | 10:55 am | Thu | Write to the Point: Essays & Short Stories | 7th-8th | Dr. Anneca Robinson | 12 |
$371.00 $333.90 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Write to the Point is a writing class for 7th, 8th, and 9th grade students preparing for high school composition. The class builds the fundamentals of writing through weekly assignments across a variety of formats. Second Semester challenges students to sustain their ideas across longer, more demanding compositions. Students work on both essays and short stories, developing the craft tools specific to each form. For essays, that means building arguments, selecting evidence, and writing with clarity and conviction. For short stories, it means developing character voice, shaping narrative arc, and making intentional choices about structure. Throughout the semester, students continue building skills in grammar, revision, and editing. As in Semester 1, students choose topics relevant to their own interests, and that choice shows in the quality of the work. Part of each session is dedicated to sharing and reviewing writing completed at home through peer editing or collaborative Google Docs. Students should bring a laptop and charging cord each week. Topics in this series include Paragraphs and Articles (Semester 1) and Essays and Short Stories (Semester 2).
|
1 | |
| Semester | Jan 22 | 12:00 pm | 12:55 pm | Fri | Write to Work: Technical Writing | 9th-12th | Tanya Oswalt | 12 |
$362.00 $325.80 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Clear writing is power, and in today's world, the students who communicate ideas precisely are the ones who succeed. "Write to Work" equips high school students with the skills to write professional emails, craft persuasive proposals, create user guides, summarize data, and explain complex ideas clearly and confidently. No matter what the student's future field, clear professional writing is essential. Colleges expect it. Employers demand it. This course moves beyond essays and creative writing to focus on real-world communication- the kind used in offices, labs, startups, and organizations every day. Students will learn to write with clarity, structure, and purpose and gain a practical skill set that sets them apart in any future field. Second semester, students will develop the precision and clarity required for effective technical communication. The course begins by defining what technical writing is, distinguishing it from creative writing, and emphasizing audience, purpose, and precision. Students will practice writing clear instructions and detailed process explanations, then progress to structured informational and technical reports. They will learn to interpret data and translate charts and findings into clear written analysis. Practical assignments include drafting user manuals, software documentation, writing specifications, and composing product descriptions that clearly distinguish features from benefits. Students will also complete formal lab reports and research summaries, and practice adapting the same information for different audiences- from technical experts to beginners or younger readers. The semester culminates in a comprehensive project in which students create a polished technical document or documentation portfolio, demonstrating mastery of organization, clarity, accuracy, and professional presentation. Topics in this Series: Business Writing (Semester 1), Technical Writing (Semester 2). Students continuing from first semester receive priority pre-registration for second semester. Prerequisites: Students should be on-level for high school reading and comprehension. Workload: Students should expect to spend 2-4 hours per week outside of class on class reading and activities. Assessments: The instructor will award points for completed assignments that parents can use to assign a grade. Textbook/Materials: All materials will be links to open-source materials or scans of documents provided by the instructor and posted to the class Canvas site. Lab/Supply Fee: None What to Bring: Notebook or paper, pen, or pencil. Credit: Homeschool families may wish to count this course as a component (partial) credit in English for purposes of a high school transcript.
|
1 | |
| Semester | Jan 18 | 1:00 pm | 1:55 pm | Mon | Write Your Way: Author's Academy- Publishing | 9th-12th | Shea Megale | 12 |
$412.00 $370.80 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Calling all serious writers! Take your writing from draft to finished work as you focus on revision, completion, and publication. Students will strengthen their manuscripts, refine their ideas, and learn what it takes to move from a rough draft to a polished piece. How do writers know what to cut or keep? What makes a manuscript ready to submit? How do books actually get published? Regular workshopping is a core part of the class. In this round-table setting modeled after classic writing groups like those of J.R.R. Tolkien and C.S. Lewis, students will share their work, receive thoughtful feedback, and revise with purpose and direction. Students will also learn how to pitch to agents, navigate the publishing process, and prepare their work for print and digital formats. This class is taught by a traditionally published novelist.
|
1 | |
| Semester | Jan 19 | 12:00 pm | 12:55 pm | Tue | Writing Works: Creative & Expository | 6th-8th | Sandy Brown | 10 |
$362.00 $325.80 by 12/19 |
Opens 11/17 6:00am
|
Writing Works because good writing is more than filling a page- it is making words matter. In this class, students will see writing as a craft that can be learned, practiced, and improved. Each week, they will read short examples of strong writing, examine one essential technique and practice it right away in their own writing. The goal is to help students become more confident, capable writers by showing them practical strategies they can use again and again. Second semester, students will explore both creative and expository writing, learning how writing changes depending on its purpose and audience. Creative assignments will give students opportunities to develop ideas, characters, settings, description, and voice, while expository assignments will emphasize explaining information clearly, organizing ideas logically, developing a central point, and supporting it with appropriate details and examples. By moving between imaginative and informational writing, students will practice adapting their writing style to different purposes. Strong ideas need strong mechanics to communicate them clearly. Throughout the semester, students will work on sentence structure, paragraphing, grammar, punctuation, revising, and editing as those skills arise naturally in their writing. Rather than treating mechanics as isolated exercises, students will see how these tools make their own writing clearer and more effective. By the end of the course, every student will leave with a collection of writing that demonstrates growth in narrative, expository, persuasive, and poetic writing.
|
1 |
